JP6307717B2 - Amusement stand - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a game table represented by a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a spinning machine (slot machine).

  Game consoles such as pachinko machines are equipped with obstacles that change the direction of the fall of the game ball in the game area of the game board, a winning opening, a starting opening, a variable winning opening, etc. where the game ball can win. It is common. When a game ball wins a prize, a privilege is given to the player, such as paying out a prize ball.

  In addition, these game tables are equipped with a decorative symbol display device such as a liquid crystal display device capable of variably displaying a plurality of symbols. Thus, when the changed symbol is in a specific mode that is a predetermined combination of specific symbols, a game state advantageous to the player is generated, such as opening a variable prize opening for a predetermined time.

  In the game machine, the interest of the game machine is improved by increasing or decreasing the opportunities for the player to obtain the above-mentioned benefits by controlling the occurrence of a game state advantageous to the player.

  As for such a gaming machine, there is a gaming machine that informs the player in advance that the symbol after the change is in a specific mode before the symbol ends the variation (see, for example, Patent Document 1). .

JP-A-3-73180

  However, the conventional game stand has room for improvement in the prefetch notice means.

  In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine characterized by prefetching notice means.

The game stand of the present invention that solves the above-described object is as follows.
A first symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A second symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A prefetch notice means capable of performing a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter “first symbol variation display”). ”)), And is configured to start over.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice at least in a non-time-short state,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the first symbol variation display is performed,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the second symbol variation display is performed,
It said prefetch notice means, Ri means der viable prefetching notice associated with another one pending during the look-ahead warning related to a certain hold,
The continuous notice is a notice made in an animation display.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a game machine characterized by prefetching notice means.

It is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side). 1 is a schematic front view of a game board 102 as viewed from the front. (A) shows an example of a special display stop display mode, (b) shows an example of a decorative design, and (c) shows an example of a normal stop display mode. It is. The circuit block diagram of a control part is shown. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a main control part main process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a main control part timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the 1st special figure starting port 126. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the 2nd special figure starting port 128. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the usual start port 124 and the variable prize opening 130. FIG. It is a figure which shows the prior notice execution determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main control part 300. FIG. It is a figure which shows the false prior notice execution determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main-control part 300. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the common figure relevant lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a figure which shows the determination table for common figure low probability which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored, (b) is a common figure high probability which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored. It is a figure which shows the determination table for. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the special figure 2 related lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a figure which shows the big hit determination table which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored, (b) is the round lottery determination table at the time of a big win winning, which is memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main control part 300 (C) is a figure which shows the special figure high probability state transition determination table at the time of jackpot winning, which is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, and (d) is an ordinary figure low probability. It is a figure which shows the timer number determination table used for a state, (e) It is a figure which shows the timer number determination table used for a common high probability state. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the special figure 1 related lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the sub-control unit main processing, (b) is a flowchart showing the flow of command input processing, (c) is a flowchart showing the flow of variation pattern selection processing, (d ) Is a flowchart showing the flow of symbol stop processing, (e) is a flowchart showing the flow of strobe interrupt processing, (f) is a flowchart showing the flow of chance button interrupt processing, and (g) is variable update. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of an interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a special figure holding | maintenance increase process. (A) shows an example of a variable number selection table used when the result of jackpot determination is unsuccessful (the jackpot flag is off), and (b) shows that the result of the jackpot determination is winning (the jackpot flag is on). ) Shows an example of a variable number selection table used in the case of. It is the figure which showed the first half part of an example of the symbol determination table for determining the combination of the temporary stop symbol temporarily stopped on the decoration symbol display apparatus 110, and the combination of the stop symbol to stop-display. It is the figure which showed the latter half part of an example of the symbol determination table for determining the combination of the temporary stop symbol temporarily stopped on the decoration symbol display apparatus 110, and the combination of the stop symbol to stop-display. (A) is a figure showing an example of a continuous notice appearance character table, (b) is a figure showing an example of a continuous notice scenario table. It is the figure which showed an example of the continuous notice of a scenario type. It is the figure which showed an example of the special figure 2 priority change in the case of a usual figure low probability state. It is the figure which showed an example of the special figure 2 priority change in the case of a usual figure high probability state. It is the figure which showed an example of the special figure 2 priority fluctuation | variation for demonstrating the problem of the continuous notice which arises in the case of a general figure high probability state. It is a figure which shows the example at the time of the prior notice based on the winning to the 1st special figure starting port 126 in the conventional high probability state of the pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows the example when the prior notice based on the winning to the 2nd special figure starting port 128 is not performed in the conventional high probability state of the pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows the example in case the pachinko machine of a present Example is a usual high probability state. It is a figure which shows the timing of the notice effect in the example 1 of a change, and the false notice effect.

  Hereinafter, a pachinko machine (game table) according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

  First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the figure is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side).

  The pachinko machine 100 is a game board (board surface), which will be described later, disposed on the back side of a glass frame 156 composed of a transparent plate member 152 made of glass or resin and a transparent member holding frame 154 through the transparent plate member 152. 102. The game board 102 is attached to an inner frame 103 that can be opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 101. Although not shown in the drawings, the pachinko machine 100 is provided with a glass frame opening sensor that detects that the glass frame 156 is opened and an inner frame opening sensor that detects that the inner frame 103 is opened. .

  Below the glass frame 156, a launcher 138 that is rotated by a launcher motor 602, which will be described later, a launcher 140 that is attached to the tip of the launcher 138 and launches a ball toward the game area 104, which will be described later, A launch rail 142 for guiding a ball launched by the heel 140 to an outer rail 106 described later, a storage tray 144 for temporarily storing the ball and supplying the stored ball to the launch rail 142 in sequence, An effect button 146 is provided for changing the effect display by the decorative symbol display device 110, which will be described later, when the player can perform a pressing operation and detects the operation at a predetermined time.

  Further, below the launcher 138 and the launcher 140, an operation handle 148 for controlling the launcher 138 and operating the launch intensity of the sphere toward the game area 104 is disposed. Below the 144, a lower plate 150 is provided for storing overflow balls that cannot be stored in the storage plate 144. In the vicinity of the lower plate in the internal path connecting the storage plate 144 and the lower plate 150, a lower plate full sensor (not shown) is provided. When the lower plate 150 is full from the lower plate full sensor, a lower plate full error is output.

  FIG. 2 is a schematic front view of the game board 102 as viewed from the front.

  The game board 102 is provided with an outer rail 106 and an inner rail 108, and a game area 104 in which a game ball (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “ball”) can roll is defined.

  In the center of the game area 104, an effect device 200 is provided. In the effect device 200, a horizontally long decorative symbol display device 110 is disposed substantially at the center, and a normal symbol display device 112, a special symbol 1 display device 198 which is two kinds of special symbol display devices, and a special symbol are arranged around the ornamental symbol display device 110. A symbol 2 display device 114, a normal symbol holding lamp 116, two types of special symbol holding lamps, a first special symbol holding lamp 199 and a second special symbol holding lamp 118, and a high-accuracy medium lamp 120 are provided. Yes. Hereinafter, the normal symbol may be referred to as “general symbol” and the special symbol may be referred to as “special symbol”.

  The rendering device 200 performs rendering by operating the movable part, and details will be described later.

  The decorative symbol display device 110 is a display device for displaying a decorative symbol (see FIG. 3B) and various images used for production. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 110 is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display). The decorative symbol display device 110 divides the display screen into four display regions, a left symbol display region 110a, a middle symbol display region 110b, a right symbol display region 110c, and an effect display region 110d. The symbol display area 110b and the left symbol display area 110c display different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 110d displays an image used for the effect. Further, the positions and sizes of the display areas 110a, 110b, 110c, and 110d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 110. The decorative symbol display device 110 employs other display devices such as a dot matrix display device, a 7-segment display device, an EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a drum display device, and a leaf display device instead of the liquid crystal display device. May be.

  The general-purpose display device 112 is a display device for displaying a general-purpose image (see FIG. 3C), and is configured by a 7-segment LED in this embodiment. The special figure 1 display device 198 and the special figure 2 display device 114 are both display devices for displaying a special figure (see FIG. 3A), and are configured by 7 segment LEDs in this embodiment. Hereinafter, the symbol displayed by the special figure 1 display device 198 is referred to as special figure 1, and the symbol displayed by the special figure 2 display device 114 is sometimes referred to as special figure 2.

  The general-purpose hold lamp 116 is a lamp for indicating the number of general-purpose variable games that are held (details will be described later). In this embodiment, it is possible to hold up to two general-purpose variable games. . The special figure 1 hold lamp 199 is a lamp for indicating the number of special figure 1 variable games (details will be described later) that are on hold. In this embodiment, up to four special figure 1 variable games are reserved. It is possible. The special figure 2 hold lamp 118 is a lamp for indicating the number of special figure 2 variable games (details will be described later) being held. In this embodiment, up to four special figure 2 variable games are held. It is possible. The high-probability lamp 120 indicates that the gaming state is a special figure high probability state (a gaming state in which the winning probability of a jackpot game described later is set higher than the normal probability) or a special figure high probability state. This lamp is turned on when the gaming state is changed from a special figure low probability state (a gaming state in which the winning probability of the big hit game described later is set to a normal probability) to a special figure high probability state, and the special figure high probability state. Turns off when switching to a special figure low probability state.

  In addition, a general prize opening 122, a normal figure starting opening 124, a first special figure starting opening 126, a second special figure starting opening 128, and a variable winning opening 130 are arranged around the rendering device 200. Yes. In this embodiment, a plurality of general winning holes 122 are arranged on the game board 102, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (general winning hole sensor) detects a ball entering the general winning holes 122 (general winning holes) 122), a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (10 in this embodiment) of balls is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. The ball discharged to the storage tray 144 can be freely taken out by the player, and with these configurations, the prize ball is paid out to the player based on the winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening 122 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side. In this embodiment, a ball to be paid out to a player as a consideration for winning is sometimes referred to as a “prize ball”, and a ball lent to a player is sometimes referred to as “rental ball”. They are called “balls (game balls)”.

  The usual start port 124 is called a gate or a through chucker. The ball that has entered the normal start port 124 passes through a predetermined region connected to the normal start port 124 in the game area. Unlike the ball that entered the general winning opening 122, the ball that entered the normal start port 124 is not discharged to the amusement island side. The game board 102 is provided with a predetermined ball detection sensor (gate sensor) for detecting a ball passing through the predetermined area. When the gate sensor detects a game ball, the pachinko machine 100 displays a normal display. The usual figure variation game by the device 112 is started.

  In the present embodiment, only one first special figure starting port 126 is disposed at the center of the game board 102. The first special figure starting port 126 corresponds to an example of the first starting port referred to in the present invention. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (first start port sensor) detects a ball entering the first special figure start port 126, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven and a predetermined number (three in this embodiment) is driven. The ball is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. 1, and the special figure 1 variable game by the special figure 1 display device 198 is started. The ball that has entered the first special figure starting port 126 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  In the present embodiment, only one second special figure starting port 128 is disposed directly below the first special figure starting port 126. The second special figure starting port 128 corresponds to an example of a second winning port referred to in the present invention. In the vicinity of the second special figure start port 128, a pair of blade members 1281 that can be opened and closed by a solenoid are provided, and the pair of blade members 1281 and the second special figure start port 128 are combined with an electric tulip ( Sometimes referred to as “Den Chu”. The pair of blade members 1281 are members that change the difficulty level of winning a prize to the second special figure starting port 128. That is, it is impossible to enter the second special figure starting port 128 with the pair of blade members 1281 closed. On the other hand, when the universal figure change game is won and the universal figure display device 112 wins and stops and displays the symbol, the pair of blade members 1281 opens and closes a predetermined number of times at a predetermined time interval, and the second special figure start opening 128 is reached. It becomes possible to enter the ball. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (second start port sensor) detects a ball entering the second special figure start port 128, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment) is driven. The ball is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. 1, and a special figure changing game by the special figure display device 114 is started. The ball that has entered the second special figure starting port 128 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  In the present embodiment, only one variable winning opening 130 is disposed below the center of the game board 102. The variable winning opening 130 can be entered by a door member that can be opened and closed by a solenoid, or can enter a state in which entry is impossible. In other words, while the door member is closed, it is not possible to enter the variable prize opening 130, but when the special figure variable game is won and the special figure 1 display device 198 stops and displays the big hit symbol, 2 When the variable game is won and the special figure 2 display device 114 stops and displays the jackpot symbol, the door member has a predetermined time interval (for example, opening time 29 seconds, closing time 1.5 seconds) Opening and closing the number of times (for example, 15 times), it is possible to enter the variable winning opening 130. The variable winning opening 130 may be referred to as a big winning opening, and the door member and the variable winning opening 130 may be collectively referred to as an attacker. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (count sensor) detects a ball entering the variable winning opening 130, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (15 balls in this embodiment) of balls is shown as a winning ball. 1 is discharged to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. The ball that has entered the variable prize opening 130 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  Further, a plurality of disk-shaped hitting direction changing members 132 and game nails 134 called windmills are arranged in the vicinity of these winning openings and starting openings, and at the bottom of the inner rail 108, An out port 136 is provided for guiding a ball that has not won any prize opening or starting port to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

  The pachinko machine 100 supplies the ball stored in the storage tray 144 by the player to the launch position of the launch rail 142, drives the launch motor 602 with strength according to the operation amount of the player's operation handle 148, The launcher 138 and the launcher 140 are passed through the outer rail 106 and the inner rail 108 to launch into the game area 104. Here, in order not to reduce the euphoria or to maintain the durability of the member, for example, it is configured not to be able to fire 100 or more shots per minute. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 104 falls downward while changing the advancing direction by the hitting direction changing member 132, the game nail 134, etc., and a winning opening (general winning opening 122, variable winning opening 130) or starting opening (First special figure start port 126, second special figure start port 128), or the out port 136 without winning any of the winning port and start port, or just passing the normal start port 124 To reach. The time until the launched game ball reaches the start port varies depending on the position of the start port and the arrangement of obstacles such as the game nail 134 and the hitting direction changing member 132, but the start port provided at the approximate center of the board surface Takes as long as a few seconds (eg 2 seconds).

<Director>
Next, the rendering device 200 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  A warp device 230 and a front stage 234 are arranged on the front side of the effect device 200, and a decorative symbol display device 110 and a shielding means 250 are arranged on the rear side of the effect device 200. That is, in the rendering device 200, the decorative symbol display device 110 and the shielding means 250 are located behind the warp device 230 and the front stage 234.

  The warp device 230 discharges the game ball that has entered the entrance 232 provided at the upper left of the effect device 200 to the front stage 234 below the front surface of the effect device 200, and the game ball discharged to the front stage 234 is the front surface. When the player enters the second entrance 236 provided at the rear of the center of the stage 234, the game ball is discharged from the outlet 238 provided in the lower center of the stage device 200 above the first special figure starting port 126. It is discharged toward the first special figure starting port 126. The game ball discharged from the discharge port 238 is easy to enter the first special figure starting port 126.

  The shielding means 250 includes a lattice-like left door 250a and right door 250b, and is disposed between the decorative symbol display device 110 and the front stage 234. Belts wound around two pulleys (not shown) are respectively fixed to the upper portions of the left door 250a and the right door 250b. That is, the left door 250a and the right door 250b move to the left and right with the operation of the belt driven by the motor via the pulley. When the left and right doors 250a and 250b are closed, the shielding means 250 covers the inner end portions of the doors 250a and 250b so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decorative symbol display device 110. In the state where the left and right doors 250a and 250b are opened, each inner end portion slightly overlaps the outer end portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 110, but the player can visually recognize all of the displays on the decorative symbol display device 110. . Further, the left and right doors 250a and 250b can be stopped at arbitrary positions, for example, only a part of the decorative design is shielded so that the player can identify which decorative design the displayed decorative design is. You can do that. Note that the left and right doors 250a and 250b may make it possible to visually recognize a part of the decorative pattern display device 110 behind the lattice hole, or block the shoji part of the lattice hole with a translucent lens body to decorate the rear. The display by the symbol display device 110 may be vaguely visible to the player, or the shoji part of the lattice holes may be completely blocked (shielded), and the decorative symbol display device 110 at the rear may be completely invisible. .

<Type of design>
Next, using FIG. 3A to FIG. 3C, the special figure 1 display device 198, the special figure 2 display device 114, the decorative symbol display device 110, and the universal figure display device 112 of the pachinko machine 100 stop display. The types of special drawings and ordinary drawings will be described.

  FIG. 3 (a) shows an example of a special figure stop display mode. There are three types of special display stop display modes of the present embodiment: “Special Figure A”, which is a jackpot symbol, “Special Figure B”, which is a special jackpot symbol, and “Special Figure C”, which is a missed symbol. . Based on the fact that the first start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the first special view start port 126, the special view 1 display device 198 displays all the seven segments on and the central one. “Special figure fluctuation display” is performed by repeatedly lighting the segments. When the fluctuation time determined before the start of the fluctuation of the special figure 1 display device 198 elapses, the special figure 1 display apparatus 198 notifies “Special figure A” or “Special figure” when notifying the winning of the special figure 1 variable game. When “FIG. B” is displayed in a stopped state and a notice of losing the special figure 1 variable game is notified, “special figure C” is stopped and displayed. In addition, the white part in a figure shows the location of the segment which turns off, and the black part shows the location of the segment which lights up.

  Further, based on the fact that the second start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the second special view start port 128, the special view 2 display device 114 also has all seven segments turned on, The “variable display of special figure” is repeated to turn on one segment. When the fluctuation time determined before the start of the fluctuation of the special figure 2 display device 114 elapses, the special figure 2 display apparatus 114 also notifies “Special figure A” or “Special figure” when notifying the winning of the special figure 2 fluctuation game. When “FIG. B” is displayed in a stopped state and notification of the losing of the special figure 2 variable game is made, “special figure C” is stopped and displayed. When the symbol corresponding to the big hit is stopped and displayed, the big hit game is started, and when the combination of symbols corresponding to the special big hit is stopped and displayed, the special big hit game is started. The difference between the jackpot game and the special jackpot game is whether the probability of winning the jackpot is high (special jackpot game) or low (jackpot game) in the next special figure variable game.

  In this embodiment, there are three types of stop display patterns of jackpot, special jackpot or miss, but it is different from whether or not to shift to the special figure high probability state after the jackpot ends, such as the number of rounds and short time described later. The stop display pattern may be further varied depending on the amount of profit given to the player. For example, 2R jackpot (with time), 2R jackpot (without time), 15R jackpot (with time), 15R jackpot (without time), 2R special jackpot (with time), 2R special jackpot (without time), 15R special jackpot ( You may make it stop-display a 15R special jackpot (there is no time reduction), or a loss.

  FIG. 3B shows an example of a decorative design. There are 10 types of decoration patterns of the present embodiment: “Decoration 1” to “Decoration 10”. When the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game is started, “decoration 1” is displayed in the symbol display areas 110a, 110b, and 110c of the decorative symbol display device 110 in the left symbol display area 110a, the middle symbol display area 110b, and the right symbol display area 110c. “Decoration display change” is performed to switch the display in the order of “decoration 2” → “decoration 3” →... “Decoration 9” → “decoration 10” → “decoration 1” →. When notifying the jackpot, a symbol combination corresponding to the jackpot in the symbol display areas 110a to 110c (in this embodiment, a combination of decorative symbols having the same number (for example, “decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2”). )) Is stopped and the special jackpot is notified, a combination of symbols corresponding to the special jackpot (in this embodiment, a combination of decorative symbols having the same odd number numbers (for example, “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration”). 1 ”)) is stopped and displayed. Further, when notifying of the detachment, the symbol combinations other than the symbol combination corresponding to the jackpot are stopped and displayed in the symbol display areas 110a to 110c.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, the determination of whether or not the big hit in the special figure variable game is made by lottery of hardware random numbers, and the determination of whether or not it is a special big hit (probable change big hit) is a lottery of software random numbers Do by.

  FIG. 3C shows an example of a normal stop display mode. In the present embodiment, there are two types of stoppage display modes for normal maps: “general map A” that is a winning symbol and “general symbol B” that is a missed symbol. Based on the fact that the above-mentioned gate sensor has detected that the sphere has passed through the general start port 124, the general display display device 112 repeats the lighting of all the seven segments and the lighting of the central one segment. Perform a “normal change display”. Then, when notifying the winning of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure A” is stopped and displayed, and when notifying the usual figure variable game, the “normal figure B” is stopped and displayed.

<Control unit>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. This figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit.

  The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be broadly classified according to a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A sub-control unit 400 that controls effects, a payout control unit 550 that mainly performs control related to payout of game balls in response to commands transmitted by the main control unit 300, and a launch control unit 600 that controls the launch of game balls. And a power management unit 650 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100.

<Main control unit>
First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, and temporary data. A RAM (RWM) 308 for storing data, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time and the number of times, and a WDT 313 for monitoring abnormalities in program processing. It is installed. Note that other storage means may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and this is the same for the sub-control unit 400 described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 314b as a system clock.

  In addition, the basic circuit 302 includes a counter circuit 316 used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value in a range of 0 to 65535 every time a clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 314a is received (this circuit includes two circuits). A sensor circuit 320 for receiving signals output from the various sensors 318 and outputting the results of amplification and comparison with the reference voltage to the counter circuit 316 and the basic circuit 302; A display circuit 322 for performing display control of the special figure 1 display device 198 and the special figure 2 display device 114, a display circuit 324 for performing display control of the general figure display device 112, and various status display units 326 (common figure) Display for controlling the display of the hold lamp 116, the special figure 1 hold lamp 199, the special figure 2 hold lamp 118, the high accuracy medium lamp 118, etc. A road 328, which connects the solenoid circuit 332 for controlling the solenoids 330 for opening and closing the second Japanese view start hole 128 and the variable winning hole 130 or the like. Various sensors 318 shown in FIG. 4 include the glass frame opening sensor, the inner frame opening sensor, the lower pan full tank sensor, etc., and the above-described general prize opening sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, a gate sensor, a first start opening sensor, A second start port sensor, a count sensor, and the like are included.

  When the ball detection sensor 318 as the first start port sensor detects that a ball has won the first special figure start port 126, the sensor circuit 320 outputs a signal indicating that the ball has been detected to the counter circuit 316. Output to. Upon receiving this signal, the counter circuit 316 latches the value of the counter corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126 at that timing, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126. Store in the register. Similarly, when the counter circuit 316 receives a signal indicating that the ball has won the second special figure starting port 128, the counter circuit 316 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the second special figure starting port 128. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the second special figure starting port 128.

  Further, an information output circuit 334 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 is connected to an information input circuit 652 provided in an external game shop computer (not shown) or the like via the information output circuit 334. The game information (for example, game state) of the pachinko machine 100 is output.

  The main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 336 that monitors the voltage value of the power source supplied from the power management unit 650 to the main control unit 300. The voltage monitoring circuit 336 is a voltage value of the power source. Is less than a predetermined value (9v in this embodiment), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

  In addition, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 338 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. When the activation signal is input, main control unit main processing described later is started.

  The main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 550. With this configuration, the sub-control unit 400 In addition, communication with the payout control unit 550 is enabled. Information communication between the main control unit 300, the sub control unit 400, and the payout control unit 550 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 can transmit signals such as commands to the sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 550. However, the sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 550 are configured such that signals such as commands cannot be transmitted to the main control unit 300.

<Sub control unit>
Next, the sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire sub-control unit 400 mainly based on commands transmitted from the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a control program, ROM 406 for storing various data, RAM (RWM) 408 for temporarily storing data, I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and for measuring time and frequency A counter timer 412 is mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 402 drives a sound source IC 418 for controlling the speaker 416 (and amplifier), a display circuit 422 for controlling various lamps 420, a movable body for rendering of the rendering device 200, and the like. An effect driving device control circuit 426 for controlling various effect driving devices 424 including a solenoid or a motor as a driving device, and a decorative symbol display device (liquid crystal display device) 110 and a shielding means 250 are controlled. The decorative symbol display control unit 500 is connected to the chance button detection circuit 380 that detects the pressing of the chance button 146 and outputs a signal.

<Discharge control unit, launch control unit, power supply management unit>
Next, the payout control unit 550, the launch control unit 600, and the power supply management unit 650 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The payout control unit 550 controls the payout device 552 mainly based on a signal such as a command transmitted from the main control unit 300, and the payout of the winning ball or the rental ball is completed based on a control signal output from the payout sensor 554. It is detected whether or not the card unit 654 is provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 556.

  The firing control unit 600 determines the amount of operation of the launch handle 148 by the player, which is output from the control signal instructing permission or stop of launch output from the payout control unit 550, or the launch intensity output circuit provided in the operation handle 148. Based on the control signal instructing the corresponding launch intensity, the launch motor 602 that drives the launcher 138 and the launcher 140 is controlled, and the ball feeder 604 that supplies the balls from the storage tray 144 to the launch rail 142 is controlled. .

  The power management unit 650 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a direct current, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and controls the control units such as the main control unit 300 and the sub control unit 400, and the devices such as the dispensing device 552. To supply. Further, the power management unit 650 supplies a power storage circuit (for example, a power supply circuit) for supplying power to a predetermined part (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the external power supply is cut off. Capacitor).

<Main control unit main processing>
Next, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing of the main control unit.

  As described above, the main control unit 300 is provided with the start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 338 that outputs the start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which this activation signal has been input starts reset by a reset interrupt and executes the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG. 5 according to a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

  In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In this initial setting 1, setting of a stack initial value (temporary setting) to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, setting of an interrupt mask, initial setting of the I / O port 310, initial setting of various variables stored in the RAM 308, WDT 313 Allow operation and set initial values. In this embodiment, a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set as an initial value in WDT 313.

  In step S102, the value of the counter of WDT 313 is cleared, and the time measurement by WDT 313 is restarted.

  In step S103, whether or not the low voltage signal is on, that is, the voltage value of the power supply that the voltage monitoring circuit 336 supplies from the power management unit 650 to the main control unit 300 is a predetermined value (in this embodiment, 9v), it is monitored whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output. If the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects that the power supply has been shut off), the process returns to step S102. If the low voltage signal is off (if the CPU 304 has not detected the power supply being cut off), the process proceeds to step S102. The process proceeds to S104. Even when the predetermined value (9 V) is not yet reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S102, and step S103 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

  In step S104, initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process for setting a numerical value for determining a cycle for executing a main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later, in the counter timer 312 and a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, a sub-port) Processing for outputting a clear signal from the output port to the control unit 400, setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

  In step S105, it is determined whether or not to return to the state before the power interruption (before the power interruption), and the state before the power interruption is not restored (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is set to the initial state). ) Proceeds to an initialization process (step S107).

  Specifically, whether or not a RAM clear signal transmitted when a RAM clerk or the like of a game store first operates a RAM clear switch provided on the power supply board is on (indicating that there has been an operation), That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear is necessary. If the RAM clear signal is on (when the RAM clear is necessary), the process proceeds to step S107 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is OFF (when the RAM clear is not necessary), the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and the power status information is information indicating suspend. It is determined whether or not. If the power status information is not information indicating suspend, the process proceeds to step S107 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. If the power status information is information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 is set. A checksum is calculated by adding all the 1-byte data stored in (for example, all areas) to a 1-byte register whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum results in a specific value (for example, 0) (whether or not the checksum result is normal). If the checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0) (if the checksum result is normal), the process proceeds to step S106 to return to the state before power interruption, and the checksum result is a specific value. If the value is other than 0 (for example, 0) (if the checksum result is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S107 in order to set the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. Similarly, if the power status information indicates information other than “suspend”, the process proceeds to step S107.

  In step S106, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power failure is read out and reset to the stack pointer (this setting). In addition, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out, reset to each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and registers, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power is turned off. That is, the processing is resumed from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in steps S108 and S109) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt processing (described later) immediately before the power interruption. In addition, a transmission information storage area is provided in the RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. In step S106, EH is set as a power recovery command in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the power has been restored to the state at the time of power-off, and is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 in step S217 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 described later.

  In step S107, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, interrupt prohibition setting, stack initial value setting to the stack pointer, initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, here, a normal return command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S107) of the main control unit 300 has been performed. Similar to the power recovery command, the sub-control in step S217 of the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 is performed. Transmitted to unit 400.

  In step S108, after setting for interrupt inhibition, basic random number initial value update processing is performed. In this basic random number initial value update process, two initial value generation random number counters for generating the initial values of the normal figure winning random number counter and the special figure random value counter, the normal figure timer random number value, and the special figure timer random number counter, respectively. Two random number counters for generating numerical values are updated. For example, if the range of values that can be taken as normal timer random numbers is 0 to 20, a value is acquired from a random number counter storage area for generating a normal timer random value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 21, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. Other initial value generation random number counters and random number counters are similarly updated. Further, after this basic random number initial value update process is completed, an interrupt permission is set, and the process proceeds to step S109.

  In step S109, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, a first notice lottery random number counter that generates a first notice lottery random number value that can take a value in the range from 0 to 127, and a second notice that also takes a value in the range from 0 to 127 can be obtained. A second notice lottery random number counter for generating a lottery random value is provided. In this step S109, for example, each of the first notice lottery random number counter and the second notice lottery random number counter is updated.

  The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the processes of steps S108 and S109 except during a timer interrupt process that starts every predetermined period.

<Main controller timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main controller timer interrupt processing.

  The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, about once every 2 ms). The timer interrupt signal is used as a trigger to perform main control unit timer interrupt processing. Start with a period of

  In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving the value of each register of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed.

  In step S202, WDT is periodically performed (this implementation is performed so that the WDT interrupt does not occur (the processing abnormality is not detected)) because the count value of WDT 313 exceeds the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment). In the example, the restart is performed once in about 2 ms which is the period of the main control unit timer interrupt.

  In step S203, input port state update processing is performed. In this input port state update process, the detection signals of various sensors 318 including the above-mentioned glass frame opening sensor, inner frame opening sensor, lower pan full sensor, and various ball detection sensors via the input port of the I / O 310. Is input and monitored for the presence or absence of a detection signal, and stored in a signal state storage area provided for each of the various sensors 318 in the RAM 308. If the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor is described as an example, information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interruption process (about 4 ms before) is stored in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area that is partitioned and stored in the RAM 308 in the detection signal storage area that is partitioned and provided for each sphere detection sensor in the previous timer interruption process (about 2 ms before). Information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each detected sphere detection sensor is read from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor, and this information is stored in the previous detection signal storage area described above. To do. Further, the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-described current detection signal storage area.

  In step S203, the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in each storage area of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor matches the winning determination pattern information. While one game ball passes through one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interruption process that is repeatedly started at a very short interval of about 2 ms is started several times. For this reason, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in step S203 described above, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before, a previous detection signal, and a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, it is determined that there is a prize when the detection signal is stored twice continuously after no detection signal. In the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4, winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous detection signal, that there is a previous detection signal, and that there is a current detection signal) is stored. In this step S203, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each sphere detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, no previous detection signal, previous detection signal present, current detection signal present). In the case of the general winning port 122, the variable winning port 130, the first special figure starting port 126, and the second special figure starting port 128, or the ordinary starting port 124. Is determined to have passed. In other words, it is determined that there has been a winning at these winning openings 122 and 130 and these starting openings 124, 126 and 128. For example, when the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three matches with the above-described winning determination pattern information in the general winning opening sensor that detects the winning at the general winning opening 122, there is a winning at the general winning opening 122 If the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal for the past three times does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent general winning is performed. The process branches to the subsequent process without performing the process associated with winning a prize in the mouth 122. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal before, no previous detection signal, no current detection signal). After it is determined that there has been a single win, it is not determined that there has been a win until the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times matches the winning determination clear pattern information in each ball detection sensor, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is next determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

  In step S204 and step S205, basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing are performed. In these basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing, the value of the initial value generation random number counter performed in step S108 is updated, and then the normal winning random number value and special value used in the main control unit 300 are updated. The two random number counters for generating the figure random number values are updated. For example, if the range of values that can be taken as a random number value for a normal winning number is 0 to 100, a value is acquired from a random number counter storage area for generating a normal winning random number value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 101, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. If it is determined that the random number counter has made one round as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, the value of the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to each random number counter is acquired and stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for generating a regular winning random number that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 100, and a result obtained by adding 1 to the acquired value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as an initial value from the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the random number counter for generating the random number for winning the normal number, The initial value set this time is stored in the above-described initial value storage area in order to determine that the random number counter for generating the winning random number value has made one round next time, in addition to setting it in the random number counter for generating the winning random value Keep it. In addition to the above-described initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating the regular-winning random number next makes one round, it is determined that the random number counter for generating the special figure random number has made one round. An initial value storage area is provided in the RAM 308.

  In step S206, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. Here, the random number counter for generating the effect random number performed in step S109 is updated. The values of the first notice lottery random number counter and the second notice lottery random number counter are also updated in step S206.

  In step S207, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update processing, the normal symbol display symbol update timer for timing the time for the symbol change / stop display on the normal symbol display device 112, and the time for the symbol variation / stop display on the special symbol display device 198 are timed. Special figure 1 display symbol update timer, Special figure 2 display symbol update timer for measuring the time for the symbol to be changed / stopped on the special figure 2 display device 114, a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined time Various timers including a timer for counting the closing time, a predetermined end effect period, and the like are updated.

  In step S208, winning prize counter updating processing is performed. In this winning prize counter updating process, when winning prizes 122, 130 and starting holes 124, 126, 128 are won, the RAM 308 stores the winning ball number storage area provided for each winning slot or each starting slot. The value is read out, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

  In step S209, a winning acceptance process (details will be described later) is performed.

  In step S210, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 550 are composed of 1 byte, strobe information in bit 7 (indicating that data is set when on), and power supply in bit 6 Input information (indicating that it is the first command transmission after power-on when turned on), bits 4-5 for the current processing type for encryption (0-3), and bits 0-3 for encryption processing The number of subsequent payout requests is indicated.

  In step S211, a normal state update process is performed. This normal state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the normal state. For example, in the general diagram state update process in the middle of the normal map change display (the value of the above-mentioned general map display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the general map display device 112 is repeatedly turned on and off. Turns off drive control. By performing this control, the general map display device 112 performs a general variable display (general variable game).

  Also, in the normal state update process at the timing when the normal map change display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the general map display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), if the hit flag is on, When the 7-segment LED constituting the universal display device 112 is turned on / off so as to be in the A mode, and the hit flag is off, the normal map is displayed in the above-described normal B mode. The 7-segment LED constituting the device 112 is controlled to be turned on / off. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the normal state update process. Here, the above-described lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting area is set to indicate that the normal stop display is being performed. By performing this control, the general symbol display device 112 performs a fixed display of either the winning symbol (normal symbol A) or the off symbol (normal symbol B). Thereafter, information indicating the stop period is set in a storage area of a normal stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 msec). With this setting, the symbol that has been confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is notified of the result of the normal game.

  Further, if the result of the usual figure variable game is a hit, the usual figure hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the usual figure hit flag is on, in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (when the usual figure stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), The normal operation is set in the setting area, and the blade member 1281 is opened to a solenoid (330) for opening and closing the blade member 1281 of the second special figure starting port 128 for a predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds). And a signal indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  In the usual state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the blade member has a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 milliseconds). A signal for holding the blade member 1281 in the closed state is output to the solenoid 330 for opening / closing driving of 1281, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  Further, in the normal state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the non-operating state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Furthermore, if the result of the usual figure fluctuation game is out, the usual figure out flag is turned on as will be described later. When the off-normal flag is on, the normal state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing at which the normal stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0) In the setting area of the RAM 308, normal operation inactive is set. In the general state update process in the case where the general map is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S212.

  In step S212, a general drawing related lottery process (details will be described later) is performed.

  Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed. First, the special figure state update process (the special figure 2 state update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S213). In the special figure 2 state update process, one of the following eight processes is performed in accordance with the state of the special figure 2. For example, in the special figure 2 state update process during the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer value is 1 or more), the 7-segment LED constituting the special figure 2 display device 198 is turned on and off. Repeatedly turn on / off drive control. By performing this control, the special symbol 2 display device 114 performs the variable display of the special figure 2 (special figure 2 variable game).

  In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has passed (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer changes from 1 to 0), the jackpot flag is on and the probability fluctuation flag 3 is a special chart A shown in FIG. 3 (a). When the big hit flag is on and the probability variation flag is on, the special figure B shown in FIG. 3 (a) is shown. When the big hit flag is off. The 7-segment LED constituting the special symbol 2 display device 114 is controlled to be turned on / off so that the special symbol C shown in FIG. Make a setting to represent something. By performing this control, the special symbol 2 display device 114 performs a fixed display of any one symbol of the big hit symbol (special symbol A), the special big hit symbol (special symbol B), and the off symbol (special symbol C). . After that, information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 milliseconds). With this setting, the specially displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player. Also, if the time reduction number stored in the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the time reduction number, and if the subtraction result becomes 1 to 0, the probability is changing (details) If it is not described later, the time reduction flag described later in detail is turned off. Further, the hourly flag is also turned off during the big hit game (in the special game state). In addition, in order to execute the general command rotation stop setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), 4H is additionally stored as transmission information (general information) in the above-described transmission information storage area, and the variable display is stopped. The special figure 2 identification information indicating that is a special figure 2 is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data, which will be described later, and the processing is terminated.

  If the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 In the setting area, the special figure 2 is in operation and waits for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image is displayed to notify the player that the big symbol by the decorative symbol display device 110 will start. Therefore, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, 5H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command winning effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), a predetermined release period (for example, 29 seconds) Or, until a winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected in the variable prize opening 130.) The door member is opened to the solenoid (330) for driving to open and close the door member of the variable prize opening 130. A signal to be held is output, and information indicating an opening period is set in a storage area of a door opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308. In addition, 7H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the transmission information storage area described above in order to execute the general command big prize opening setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the door opening time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member in a closed state is output to a solenoid (330) for driving opening / closing of the door member of the variable prize opening 130, and a closing period is indicated in a storage area of a door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Set the information. Further, 8H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command big prize opening closing setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts and closes the opening / closing control of the door member a predetermined number of times (for example, 15 rounds), the predetermined end effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, the decorative symbol display device 110 In order to set so as to wait for a period during which an image for informing the player of the end of the big hit is displayed, information indicating the effect waiting period is set in the storage area of the effect waiting time management timer provided in the RAM 308. . The period from when the opening / closing control of the variable winning opening 130 is started and repeated for a predetermined number of times of two or more until the opening / closing control is ended is referred to as “big hit game (state)”. At the same time as the end of the jackpot game, the time reduction number 100 is set in the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308, and the time reduction flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned on. Further, 6H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command end effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  Also, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (when the production standby time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 is not activated in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set medium. Furthermore, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is out of play, the big hit flag is turned off as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is off, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, special figure 2 inactive is set. In the special figure 2 state update process when the special figure 2 is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S214.

  Subsequently, special figure state update processing (special figure 1 state update process) for special figure 1 is performed (step S214). In the special figure 1 state update process, each process described in the special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of the special figure 1. Each process performed in the special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” in the contents described in the special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”. Omitted. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

  When the special figure state update process in step S213 and step S214 is completed, a special figure related lottery process for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed. Also here, the special figure related lottery process (special figure 2 related lottery process) for special figure 2 is performed first (step S215), and then the special figure related lottery process for special figure 1 (special figure 1 related lottery process). ) Is performed (step S216). Although the details of these special figure-related lottery processes will be described later, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure-2 related lottery process before the special figure-1 related lottery process, thereby Even if the start condition of the special figure 1 variable game is satisfied at the same time, the special figure 2 variable game is changing first, so the special figure 1 variable game does not start changing. Further, the notification of the result of the big hit determination of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed by the sub-control unit 400, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is notified, This is prioritized over the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126. Therefore, the combination of the main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S215) and the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) and the sub-control unit 400 provides the lottery result notification according to the present invention. It corresponds to an example of means.

  In step S217, command setting transmission processing is performed. The output schedule information transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 is composed of 16 bits, bit 15 is strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bits 11 to 14 are command types ( 0H is a basic command, 1H is a symbol variation start command, 4H is a symbol variation stop command, 5H is a winning effect start command, 6H is an end effect start command, and 7H is a big hit number of rounds Designated command, information for specifying the type of command such as a power recovery command for EH and a RAM clear command for FH, and bits 0 to 10 are command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type). It is composed.

  Specifically, the strobe information is turned on and off in the command transmission process described above. If the command type is a symbol variation start command, the command data includes information indicating the value of the jackpot flag, the probability variation flag, the timer number selected in the special symbol related lottery process, etc. In the case of the case, including the value of the jackpot flag, the value of the probability variation flag, etc. In the case of the winning effect command and the end effect start command, including the value of the probability variation flag, etc., in the case of the jackpot round number designation command If so, the value of the probability variation flag, the number of big hit rounds, and the like are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, device information in the command data, presence / absence of winning at the first special figure starting port 126, presence / absence of winning at the second special figure starting port 128, winning of the variable winning port 130 Includes presence or absence.

  In the general command rotation start setting transmission process described above, the command type is 1H, the jackpot flag value stored in the RAM 308 as command data, the probability variation flag value, the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process. Information indicating the timer number selected in the process, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game held, etc. is set. In the general command rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the value of the jackpot flag, the value of the probability variation flag, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set as the command type and 4H as the command type. In the above-described general command winning effect setting transmission process, the command type is 5H, the command data is stored in the RAM 308, and the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 110, various lamps 423, and the speaker 416 during the winning effect period. , Information indicating the value of the probability variation flag, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game being held, etc. are set. In the above-mentioned general command end effect setting transmission process, effect control information to be output to the decorative symbol display device 110, the various lamps 423, and the speaker 416 during the effect waiting period, stored in the RAM 308 as command type 6H and command data. , Information indicating the value of the probability variation flag, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game being held, etc. are set. In the above-described general command big prize opening release setting transmission process, the command type is 7H, the big hit number stored in the RAM 308 as the command data, the value of the probability variation flag, the first special figure variation game or the second pending Information indicating the number of special figure variable games is set. In the above-mentioned general command big prize opening closing setting transmission processing, the command type is 8H, the number of big hits stored in the RAM 308 as the command data, the value of the probability variation flag, the first special figure variation game or the second pending Information indicating the number of special figure variable games is set. In step S217, a general command special figure hold increase process is also performed. In this general command special figure hold increasing process, special type identification information (information showing special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 as command type, command information, notice information ( Set advance notice information, false advance notice information, or no advance notice information).

  In the sub-control unit 400, it is possible to determine the effect control according to the change of the game control in the main control unit 300 by the command type included in the received output schedule information, and the command data included in the output schedule information Based on this information, the contents of the effect control can be determined.

  In step S218, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 652 that is separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 334.

  In step S219, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step 203 are read out to monitor whether there is a glass frame opening error or a lower pan full error, and so on. When a full tank error is detected, device information indicating whether or not there is a glass frame opening error or a lower pan full error is set in the transmission information to be transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. Further, various solenoids 330 are driven to control the opening and closing of the second special figure starting port 128 and the variable prize opening 130, and the general diagram display device 112 and the first special figure display via the display circuits 322, 324 and 328. Display data to be output to the device 198, the second special figure display device 114, the various status display unit 326, and the like is set in the output port of the I / O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S210) is output to the sub-control unit 400 via the output port 310.

  In step S220, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power supply cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S221, and when the low voltage signal is off (when power supply cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S222.

  In step S221, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end process, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, or interrupt permission is set, and then the process returns to the main process in the main control unit shown in FIG. To do.

  On the other hand, in step S222, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved as a return data in a predetermined area of the RAM 308, and power-off processing such as initialization of input / output ports is performed. Then, the process returns to the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG.

<Prize acceptance process>
Next, the winning acceptance process in step S209 in the main control unit timer interruption process shown in FIG. 6 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 are flowcharts showing the flow of the winning acceptance process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300.

  First, a winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 is performed. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process relating to the first special figure starting port 126. In step S1101 shown in FIG. 7, it is determined whether or not a winning is made to the first special figure starting port 126. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a winning, the process proceeds to step S1102, and if there is no winning, the process proceeds to step S1201 shown in FIG. In step S1102, with reference to the special figure 1 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308, it is determined whether or not the number of special figure 1 variable games that are held is less than a predetermined number (4 in this embodiment). If it is less than the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1103. On the other hand, if the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1201 shown in FIG. 8, and a lottery lottery by winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is not performed.

  In step S1103, a value is acquired as a special figure 1 winning random value from the counter value storage register of the counter circuit 316b corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126, and from the above-described special figure 1 random number generation random number counter. The value is acquired as a special figure 1 random value. As described above, the counter value storage register of the counter circuit 316b shown in FIG. 4 stores the value latched in the counter circuit 316 at the reception timing of the signal sent when the first start port sensor detects the game ball. (Hardware random value) is stored. The hardware random number value (Special Figure 1 winning random number value) acquired here is used to determine whether or not it is a big hit in the Special Figure 1 variable game in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) described in detail later. Further, the random number counter for generating the special figure 1 random number value is the value (software random number value) updated in step S205 shown in FIG. The software random number value (Special Figure 1 random value) acquired here is used to determine whether or not it is a special big hit (probability big hit) of Special Figure 1 in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216). Furthermore, the above-mentioned first notice lottery random number counter is the value (software random number value) updated in step S206 shown in FIG. 6, and this value (hereinafter referred to as the first notice lottery random number value) is also acquired. To do. In addition, in this step S1103, the value of the special figure 1 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is updated. That is, 1 is added to the value in the special figure 1 holding number storage area. Therefore, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 that executes Step S1103 and Step S2103 shown in FIG. 8 corresponds to an example of a prize storage unit according to the present invention. When the execution of step S1103 ends, the process proceeds to step S1104.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a first random value storage area. In step S1104, the two types of values acquired in step S1103 (the special figure 1 winning random value and the special figure 1 random value) are stored in the first random value storage area. The first random value storage area is further divided into four areas corresponding to the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games. In this step S1104, the above two types of values are grouped together, Store in an unstored area. That is, the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value acquired in step S1103 are stored in the storage area determined based on the number of first special figure variable game suspensions in the first random number value storage area. To do. Further, the RAM 308 is also provided with a first notice lottery random value storage area, and stores the first notice lottery random number value acquired in step S1103 in the first notice lottery random value storage area. When the execution of step S1104 ends, the process proceeds to step S1105.

  In step S1105, in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), AH which is information indicating the special figure hold increase is transmitted to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308. It is additionally stored as (command type).

  In step S1106, information indicating that the special figure whose suspension has increased is special figure 1 is stored in the transmission information storage area. In step S1107, no-notice information is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area. .

  The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores a jackpot determination table and a special figure high probability state transition determination table. The big hit determination table includes first special figure starting port lottery data defining a predetermined numerical range, and this first special figure starting port lottery data is developed in the RAM 308. In step S1108, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 winning random number value acquired in step S1103 belongs to the numerical range of the first special figure start port lottery data. If it belongs to the numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1109. If not, the process proceeds to step S1113. Note that the determination result here is not used to determine whether or not it is a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game, and whether or not it is a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game is determined by the above-described special figure 1 related lottery process ( This is performed again in step S216).

  The special figure high probability state transition determination table includes transition determination random number data defining a predetermined numerical range, and this transition determination random number data is also developed in the RAM 308. In step S1109, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 random number value acquired in step S1103 belongs to the numerical range of the transition determination random number data. If it belongs to the numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1110. On the other hand, if it does not belong to this numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1201, and notice notification or false notice notice (details will be described later) based on winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is not performed. . It should be noted that the determination result here is not used to determine whether or not the special big hit (probable variation big hit) in FIG. 1 is used. This is performed again in the related lottery process (step S216) in FIG.

  In step S1110, a lottery for a prior notice (preliminary notice) is performed before executing the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216). For the advance notice lottery, the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10 is used. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a prior notice execution determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In step S1110, two tables shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B are used.

  In general variable game, the normal variable game is determined to be winning with a relatively low predetermined low probability (ordinary low probability state) and a relatively high predetermined high probability. It is performed in either one of the high probability states (ordinary low probability states). As will be described in detail later, the normal high probability state is likely to have a longer open time of the electric chew by a single normal winning than the normal low probability state. In addition, the number of times the electric chew is opened due to the one-time win is likely to increase. In addition, it is easy to win a common figure. In addition, the fluctuation time of the special figure tends to be shortened. Also, the usual fluctuation time tends to be shortened. It is prescribed to include at least one of the above.

  The table shown in FIG. 10 (a) is a table used when a general-purpose variable game is performed in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 10 (b) is a table in which a general-purpose variable game is performed in a high probability state. These tables are used for winning a prize reception process related to the first special figure starting port 126. Here, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a time reduction flag. When the time reduction flag is set to ON, it is a normal high probability state, and when the time reduction flag is set to OFF, Low probability state. The CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the setting state of the time reduction flag and performs a preliminary notice lottery using the table shown in either FIG. 10 (a) or FIG. 10 (b). The tables shown in FIG. 10 (a) and FIG. 10 (b) respectively define the relationship between the number of remaining symbols determined and the prior notice execution range (winning range). The remaining number of symbols to be confirmed is the number of lottery times for the added hold information added to the value of the number of lotteries executed until the lottery for the hold information with the advance notice information added. Equivalent to the number of certain ones added, the maximum value is 8 times in the suspension of the special figure 2 variable game. In each table, the remaining symbol determination times are shown from 2 to 8. Here, the remaining number of symbol determinations of 1 is excluded, even if an advance notice is made with the number of remaining symbol determinations of 1, the special symbol 1 executed after this winning acceptance process (step S209). This is because it is impossible in time to perform advance notice before the execution of the related lottery process (step S216). That is, the advance notice is a notification that the player expects that the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) is a win, and corresponds to an example of the notice in the present invention. Therefore, this prior notice is meaningless unless it is performed before the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216). However, the time from the advance notice lottery to the execution of the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) is extremely short, and the advance notice is not in time, so the remaining number of symbol determinations of 1 is excluded. The remaining symbol determination number of 8 corresponds to the maximum value. The RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 is provided with a notice counter. This notice counter counts the number of remaining symbols determined.

  In this advance notice lottery, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408, and the first notice lottery random number value stored in the first notice lottery random value storage area of the RAM 308 in step S1104 is determined in advance. If it belongs to the advance notice execution range (winning range) shown in the notice execution determination table, it will be won (previous) in the advance notice lottery, and if it does not belong to the winning range, it will be unselected (out) in the advance notice lottery. The first notice lottery random value is a value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 127. As shown in FIG. 10 (a), in the normal figure low probability state, the advance notice execution range (winning range) becomes wider as the remaining number of symbol determinations increases, and the first notice lottery randomness at the maximum remaining number of symbol determinations of 8 The numbers will always belong to the winning range, and will be selected in advance lottery. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 5B, in the normal symbol high probability state, the prior notice execution range is in the range of 0 to 1 only when the number of remaining symbol determination is 2, and the remaining remaining symbol determination In advance, the advance notice execution range is only 0. Therefore, it is more difficult to win the advance notice lottery in the ordinary high probability state than in the ordinary low probability state. That is, the advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in the case of the normal figure high probability state is in the case of the normal figure low probability state. It is performed with a lower notice probability than the prior notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126. In the ordinary high probability state, the advance notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 may not be performed. When the execution of step S1110 ends, the process proceeds to step S1111.

  In step S1111, it is determined whether or not the advance notice lottery has been won. If the advance notice lottery has been won, the process proceeds to step S1112. On the other hand, if the advance notice lottery is not met, the process proceeds to step S1201, and notice notification and false notice notice (details will be described later) based on winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time are not performed.

  In step S1112, the advance notice information stored in step S1107 is additionally stored in the advance notice information in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308, and the process advances to step S1201. In this way, the advance notice information is overwritten and stored, so that the advance notice is notified by the decorative symbol display device 110 by the sub-control unit 400.

  Further, in step S1113, which is executed when the determination in step S1108 is that the special figure 1 winning random number value does not belong to the numerical range of the first special figure start port lottery data, a false prior notice lottery is performed. For this false advance notice lottery, a false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11 is used. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a false prior notice execution determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. The false advance notice is also a notification that the player expects that the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) is a win, and corresponds to an example of the notice notice in the present invention. In step S1113, two tables shown in FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are used. The table shown in FIG. 11 (a) is a table that is used when the usual figure variable game state is in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 11 (b) is when the usual figure variable game state is in a high probability state. Any of these tables is a false advance notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126. Even in the lottery here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the setting status of the time reduction flag prepared in the RAM 308, and draws the lottery using the table shown in either FIG. 11 (a) or FIG. 11 (b). Do. 11 (a) and FIG. 11 (b) also defines the relationship between the remaining number of symbol determinations and the false prior notice execution range in the same manner as the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10 described above. It has been done.

  Even in the false prior notice lottery here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408 and stores the first notice lottery random value stored in the first notice lottery random value storage area of the RAM 308 in step S1104. However, if it belongs to the false advance notice execution range (winning range) shown in the false advance notice execution determination table, it will be won (win) in the false advance notice lottery, and if it does not belong to the winning range, it will be unfairly selected (lost) ). As shown in FIG. 11 (a), in the normal figure low probability state, the winning range becomes narrower as the remaining number of symbol determinations increases, and the winning range is only 0 at the maximum remaining symbol determination number of 8. Also, as shown in FIG. 6B, in the normal symbol high probability state, the notice execution range is in the range of 0 to 1 only when the remaining symbol determination count is 2, and the remaining remaining symbol determination counts. The notice execution range is only 0. Therefore, when the number of remaining symbol determinations is 8 at the maximum, there is no difference between the normal symbol high probability state and the normal symbol low probability state. It is harder to win the false advance notice lottery when the high probability state is compared to the normal low probability state. That is, the false prior notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning to the first special figure starting port 126 in the case of the normal high probability state is also in the low probability state of the normal figure This is performed with a lower notice probability than the false advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in FIG. In the ordinary high probability state, the false prior notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 may not be performed.

  Further, the false advance notice lottery using the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11A is more false than the advance notice lottery using the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. It is difficult to win. Furthermore, the false advance notice lottery using the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11B and the advance notice lottery using the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. The winning probability is the same. When the execution of step S1113 ends, the process proceeds to step S1114.

  In step S1114, it is determined whether or not the false advance notice lottery has been won. If the false advance notice lottery has been won, the process proceeds to step S1115. On the other hand, if the lottery is not in the false prior notice lottery, the process proceeds to step S1201, and no notice notification or false notice notice (details will be described later) based on winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is not performed.

  In step S1115, the advance notice information additionally stored in step S1107 is overwritten and stored in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308, and the process advances to step S1201. By substituting and storing the false advance notice information in this way, the notification of the false advance notice by the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed by the sub-control unit 400.

  From the above description, the combination of the main control unit 300 that executes the winning acceptance process (step S209) and the sub-control unit 400 corresponds to an example of the advance notice unit according to the present invention.

  Next, a winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is performed. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128. In each step from step S1201 to step S1215 shown in FIG. 8, “first” in each step from step S1101 to step S1115 shown in FIG. Since it is the same as the step read in FIG. 2, here, the advance notice execution determination table used for the advance notice lottery in step S1210 and the false advance notice execution determination table used for the false advance notice lottery in step S1213 will be described. Other explanations are omitted.

  Each of the tables shown in FIG. 10 (c) and FIG. 10 (d) is a notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the second special figure starting port 128, and the table shown in FIG. This table is used when the diagram variable gaming state is in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 4D is a table used when the usual diagram variable gaming state is in a high probability state.

  The tables shown in FIGS. 10 (c) and 10 (d) are the same as the tables for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIGS. 10 (a) and 10 (b), respectively. As described above, the relationship between the number of remaining symbol determinations and the advance notice execution range is defined. In the tables shown in FIG. 10 (c) and FIG. 10 (d), only the remaining number of symbol determinations is shown up to four. 4 is the maximum value. In the advance notice lottery in step S1210, the lottery is performed based on the value stored in the special figure 2 reservation number storage area provided in the RAM 308.

  Similarly to the first notice lottery random number value, the second notice lottery random value used in the advance notice lottery in step S1210 is also a value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 127. As shown in FIG. 10C, in the normal figure low probability state, the winning range is uniformly 0 to 32 regardless of the number of remaining symbols determined. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4D, in the normal figure high probability state, the winning range becomes wider as the remaining number of symbol determinations increases, and the second notice lottery random number value is the winning range at the maximum remaining symbol determination number of 4 Be sure to win the advance notice lottery in step S1210. In addition, when comparing the table shown in FIG. 10C and the portion of the table shown in FIG. 10A where the number of remaining symbols to be determined is 2 to 4, the normal figure variation gaming state is in a low probability state. In this case, the prior notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is less likely to win than the preliminary notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126. Furthermore, when comparing the table shown in FIG. 10 (d) and the portion of the table shown in FIG. 10 (b) where the number of remaining symbols determined is 2-4, Is easier to win in the advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process relating to the second special figure starting port 128 than in the prior notice lottery in the prize receiving process relating to the first special figure starting port 126. That is, the advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S215) based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 in the case of the normal figure high probability state is in the case of the normal figure high probability state. This is performed at a higher notice probability than the prior notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126.

  Comparing the advance notice execution determination tables shown in FIG. 10, the advance notice execution probability (notice probability) is as follows: ordinary high probability special figure 2> ordinary figure low probability special figure 1> ordinary figure low probability special figure 2> ordinary figure It becomes the figure high probability special figure 1. Note that the ordinary low probability special figure 2 is generally in a state where it is difficult to enter the ball, so that a plurality of holdings rarely accumulate. Therefore, it may be shared with the lottery data of other advance notice execution determination table for capacity reduction. For example, the prior notice execution determination table referred to in the notice lottery of the ordinary low probability special figure 2 may be the advance notice execution determination table of the ordinary high probability special figure 2.

  Each of the tables shown in FIG. 11 (c) and FIG. 11 (d) is a false advance notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the second special figure starting port 128, and the table shown in FIG. The false prior notice execution determination table used when the usual figure variable gaming state is in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 10D is a false advance notice used when the usual figure floating game state is in a high probability state. It is a notice execution judgment table. The tables shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D are the same as the tables for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. 11A and FIG. As described above, the relationship between the number of remaining symbol determinations and the false prior notice execution range is defined. In addition, the tables shown in FIG. 11 (c) and FIG. 11 (d) also show the remaining symbol determination counts up to 4 as in the tables shown in FIG. 10 (c) and FIG. 10 (d). This is also due to the fact that only the maximum number of special figure 2 variable games is supported. Even in the false prior notice lottery in step S1213, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 performs the lottery with reference to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408.

  As shown in FIG. 11C, in the normal figure low probability state, the winning range is a range of 0 to 3 regardless of the number of remaining symbols determined. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4D, in the normal figure high probability state, the winning range becomes narrower as the number of remaining symbols is increased. Also, the table shown in FIG. 11 (c) is compared with the portion of the winning symbol reception processing table related to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. As shown in the figure, when the ordinary figure variable gaming state is in a low probability state, the false advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is false prior in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126. It is harder to win than the notice lottery. In addition, when comparing the table shown in FIG. 11 (d) with the portion of the remaining symbols determined 2-4 in the table shown in FIG. Therefore, the false advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is easier to win than the false advance notice lottery in the prize receiving process for the first special figure starting port 126. That is, the false prior notice of the lottery result in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S215) based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 in the case of the high figure high probability state is also in the case of the high figure high probability state. This is performed at a higher notice probability than the false advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in FIG. Furthermore, when comparing the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D with the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10C and FIG. The false advance notice lottery using the false advance notice execution determination table is harder to win than the advance notice lottery using the advance notice execution determination table. Note that the ordinary low probability special figure 2 is generally in a state where it is difficult to enter the ball, so that a plurality of holdings rarely accumulate. Therefore, in order to reduce the capacity, the lottery data of another false advance notice execution determination table may be shared. For example, the false advance notice execution determination table referred to in the false advance notice lottery of the ordinary low probability special figure 2 may be the false advance notice execution determination table of the ordinary high probability special figure 2.

  It should be noted that the false special advance notice of the lottery result in the special drawing-related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in the case of the normal figure high probability state is the first special figure in the case of the normal figure high probability state. It may be more easily executed than the advance notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 2 related lottery process based on the winning at the figure starting port 126. As a result, even if it is going to win double hits with a stoppage, which will be described later, special figure 1 is often a fake notice, so it is difficult to get double by using information such as magazines. A player who is playing may stop playing the game.

  Finally, a winning acceptance process for the normal start opening 124 and the variable winning opening 130 is performed. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process related to the universal start opening 124 and the variable winning opening 130. In step S1301 shown in FIG. 9, it is determined whether or not there is a winning at the normal opening 124. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a winning, the process proceeds to step S1302, and if there is no winning, the process proceeds to step S1305. In step S1302, it is determined whether or not the number of pending map variable games held in the RAM 308 is less than a predetermined number (2 in the present embodiment) by referring to the reserved figure storage area provided in the RAM 308. If not, the process proceeds to step S1303. On the other hand, if the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1305, and the lottery based on the winning at the normal start port 124 at this time is not performed.

  In step S1303, a value is acquired as a normal winning random value from the random number counter for generating the normal winning random number described above. The random number for generating the regular winning random number value is the value (software random number value) updated in step S205 shown in FIG. The software random number value acquired here (general winning random number) determines whether or not the result of the general drawing variable game is won or not in the general drawing related lottery process (step S212) described later. It is used for determining hits. When the execution of step S1303 ends, the process proceeds to step S1304.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a random value storage area for ordinary use. In step S1304, the normal winning random number value acquired in step S1303 is stored in the random number storage area for normal use. The random number value storage area for ordinary maps is further divided into two areas corresponding to the number of suspensions of the ordinary figure variable game. In this step S1304, the random number value for winning the ordinary figure is not determined from the two areas. Store in the storage area. That is, the winning random number value acquired in step S1303 is stored in a storage area that is determined based on the number of holdings of the floating figure variable game in the random number value storage area for normal charts. When the execution of step S1304 ends, the process proceeds to step S1305.

  In step S1305, in order to cause the command setting transmission process (step S217) to execute the general command usual figure hold increase setting process, the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 transmits CH, which is information indicating the usual figure hold increase. It is additionally stored as (command type).

  In step S <b> 1306, it is determined whether or not there is a winning in the variable winning opening 130. Here, the determination is also made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a win, the process proceeds to step S1307. If there is no win, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is also provided with a prize storage area for a variable prize opening. In step S 1307, information indicating that a ball has entered the variable winning opening 130 is stored in the winning storage area for the variable winning opening provided in the RAM 308.

In step S1308, in order to execute the general command variable winning award winning process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), DH which is information indicating the variable winning award winning is transmitted to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 as transmission information ( After additional storage as the command type), the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.
<General drawing related lottery processing>
Next, the general drawing related lottery process in step S212 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6 will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a flow of a general drawing related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300.

  First, in step S2001, it is determined whether or not the normal map non-variable display is being performed and the normal map is not being operated. That is, in step S2024, which will be described later, the normal variation display is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. Further, as described above, in the normal state update process (step S211) in the main control unit timer interruption process of FIG. In step S2001, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to. If the normal map change display is set, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. Returning to the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. On the other hand, if the normal map variable display is not set and the normal map non-operation is set, this time, referring to the general map hold number storage area provided in the RAM 308, the general map variable game hold It is determined whether or not the number is greater than 0 (step S2002). That is, it is determined whether or not the number of pending general-game variable games is 1 or more. If it is 0, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. Proceed to

  In step S2003, it is determined whether or not the above time reduction flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to OFF. If the hour / short flag is set to OFF, it means that the normal figure has a low probability, and the common figure hit determination is performed from the decision table for normal figure low probability (step S2004). If, for example, the normal figure high probability is reached, the normal figure hit determination is performed from the normal figure high probability determination table (step S2005). That is, the setting state of the hourly flag indicates whether the normal figure high probability state (hour shorter flag on) or the usual figure low probability state (hour shorter flag off).

  In both step S2004 and step S2005, first, a normal winning random number value is acquired from a random number storage area for normal use provided in the RAM 308, and a hit determination is performed on the acquired normal winning random number value. In the random number value storage area for ordinary drawing provided in the RAM 308, the winning random number value for ordinary drawing is stored in step S1304 in the winning acceptance process for the ordinary drawing start port 124 shown in FIG. In step S2004 and step S2005, the winning random number value for normal use is acquired, a hit determination is performed using the determination table shown in FIG. 13, and the process proceeds to step S2006.

  FIG. 13A is a diagram showing a determination table for ordinary low probability stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, and FIG. 13B is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. It is a figure which shows the determination table for usual high probability.

  Both the determination table for ordinary low probability shown in FIG. 13A and the determination table for ordinary high probability shown in FIG. The variation time (unit: second), the number of times of opening of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 (number of times of normal drawing), and the time of opening one time of the pair of blade members 1281 (normal time opening time (unit) ; S))). In the determination of the normal figure low-probability state in step S2004, if the acquired common-use winning random number value is 0 to 126, it is determined to be off, and if the normal-use winning random number value is 127, it is determined to be a hit. On the other hand, in the determination of the common figure high probability state in step S2005, if the obtained common figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it is determined to be a hit, and if the common figure winning random number value is 127, it is determined to be out. . The winning here means winning of the ordinary variable game, and the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 is opened. The pair of blade members 1281 shown does not open. As described above, if the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 is closed, it is impossible to win a prize in the second special figure starting port 128 corresponding to an example of the second starting port according to the present invention. Only when the blade member 1281 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times at predetermined time intervals, the second special figure starting port 128 can be won.

  Here, the numerical value range that can be taken by the random number value for the normal figure is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128). As shown in FIG. Is 127 (the size of the numerical range is 1), so that the winning probability of the usual figure variable game based on the winning at the usual figure starting opening 124 in the usual figure low probability state is 1/128 (= about 0.8). %). On the other hand, since the numerical range hit in the normal high probability state is 0 to 126 (the numerical range has a size of 127), the winning probability of the general variable game is 127/128 (= about 99.128). 2%). Therefore, the second special figure starting port 128 in the normal high probability state is in a winning easy state relatively easy to win, and the second special figure starting port 128 in the normal low probability state is It can be said that it is difficult to win a prize. Thus, the normal high probability state corresponds to an example of the case where the second starting port according to the present invention is in the easy-to-win state, and the normal low probability state is difficult to win the second starting port according to the present invention. This corresponds to an example of a state.

  In step S2006, it is determined whether or not the common figure variable game is won. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, there are prepared a normal figure hit flag and a normal figure off flag, and if the normal figure variable game is won, one of the normal figure hit flags is set (step S2007). Then, the process proceeds to step S2009, and if the normal figure variable game is not selected, the other normal figure off flag is set (step S2008), and the process proceeds to step S2009.

  In step S2009, similarly to step S2003, it is determined again whether or not the time reduction flag is set to OFF. If the time reduction flag is set to OFF, the normal time variation time is determined from the normal table low probability determination table (step S2010). Conversely, if the time reduction flag is set to ON, the normal figure high probability is set. The normal variation time is determined from the determination table (step S2011). In both step S2010 and step S2011, first, a normal winning random number value is obtained from the random number storage area for ordinary use provided in the RAM 308, and the determination table shown in FIG. Use this to determine the normal time of change. In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2010, the fluctuation time of the normal figure variable game is determined to be 10 seconds regardless of whether the acquired winning random number value for normal figure is 0 to 126 or 127. On the other hand, in the determination of the ordinary high probability state in step S2011, the variation time of the ordinary variable game is determined to be 3 seconds regardless of whether the acquired winning random number value for ordinary maps is 0 to 126 or 127. Therefore, the fluctuation time of the ordinary figure variable game is shorter in the normal figure high probability state than in the ordinary figure low probability state.

  Subsequently, the normal time change time corresponding to the determination result is set in the normal time change time storage area provided in the RAM 308, and is also set in the above-mentioned normal time figure display symbol update timer (step S2012), and the process proceeds to step S2013. .

  In step S2013, it is determined whether or not the usual figure hit flag described in step S2007 is set. If the usual figure hit flag is not set, the process proceeds to step S2022 to be described later, and the usual figure hit flag is set. If so, the process proceeds to step S2014.

  In step S2014, in the same manner as in step S2003, it is determined whether or not the time reduction flag is set to OFF. If the time reduction flag is set to OFF, the map is released from the normal table low probability determination table. The number of times is determined (step S2015). On the contrary, if the time reduction flag is set to ON, the number of times of normal map release is determined from the determination table for normal high probability (step S2016). In both step S2015 and step S2016, first, a normal winning random number value is obtained from the random number value storage area for ordinary use provided in the RAM 308, and the determination table shown in FIG. The number of opening times of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2015, if the acquired common figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it means that the figure is out of the normal figure variable game as described above, and there is no value for the normal figure release number (0 times). ) And the pair of blade members 1281 will not open. On the other hand, if the acquired winning random number value for the normal map is 127, it means that the normal game variable game has been won as described above, and the number of times the normal map is released is determined to be one, and the pair of blade members 1281 is opened only once. become. Further, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2016, if the acquired random number value for the normal figure is 0 to 126, it means that the normal figure variable game is won as described above, and the normal figure release number is 3 times. Determination is made, and the pair of blade members 1281 is opened three times. On the other hand, if the acquired random number value for the common figure is 127, it means that the figure is out of the ordinary figure variable game as described above, and the number of times the figure is released is determined to be no value (0 times), and the pair of blade members 1281 It will not open. Therefore, the pair of blade members 1281 is opened twice more in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure high probability state than in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure low probability state. .

  Subsequently, the number of times of opening the map according to the determination result is set in the setting area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2017), and it is determined again whether or not the time reduction flag is set to OFF in the same manner as in step S2003. However, if the time reduction flag is set to OFF, the normal figure release time is determined from the normal table low probability determination table (step S2019). On the contrary, the time reduction flag is set to ON. If so, the normal map opening time is determined from the general table high probability determination table (step S2020). In both step S2019 and step S2020, a normal winning random number value is acquired in the same manner as before, and the acquired normal winning random number value is equivalent to the open time using the determination table shown in FIG. The opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 1281 is determined. In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2019, if the acquired universal random number value for universal drawing is 0 to 126, it is determined that the universal figure release time is no value (0 seconds), In the case of 127, it is determined that the normal map opening time is 0.3 seconds, and the pair of blade members 1281 are opened for 0.3 seconds. Further, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2020, if the acquired common figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, the normal figure release time is determined to be 1.8 seconds, and the pair of blade members 1281 is once. It will open for 1.8 seconds per release. On the other hand, if the winning random number for normal use is 127, it is determined that there is no value (0 seconds) for the normal release time. Accordingly, the time for opening the pair of blade members 1281 in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure high probability state is larger than in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the low figure probability state. Is 1.5 seconds longer.

  Subsequently, the base map release time corresponding to the determination result is set in the setting area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2021), and the number of hold of the base map variable game stored in the base chart hold number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is set. Is decremented by one (step S2022). Subsequently, the common winning random number value is deleted from the random number value storage area for the normal map provided in the RAM 308 (step S2023), and finally, the setting for the normal variable display is performed in the setting area of the RAM 308 (step S2024). ), The process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the normal time fluctuation time when winning the normal time is a fixed value, but is not limited to this, and lottery so that one of the variable time is selected from a plurality of time fluctuations. May be. The same applies to the number of times of opening the map and the time of opening the map.

  Here, time reduction will be described. The time reduction means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variable game to the start of the next big hit. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as described above, the hour / hour flag is used, and when the hour / hour flag is set to ON, it is usually in a high probability state. As will be described later, in the normal figure high probability state, compared to the normal figure low probability state, if the special figure variable game is hit, there is a high possibility that the change time will be shortened (see FIGS. 15D and 15E). Further, as described with reference to FIG. 13, the fluctuation time of the normal figure variable game is shorter in the normal figure high probability state than in the normal figure low probability state. Further, in the normal high probability state, the opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 2 is likely to be longer than in the normal low probability state. Further, the pair of blade members 1281 are more likely to open in the normal high probability state than in the normal low probability state.

  In addition, as described above, the hourly flag is set to off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Therefore, the normal low probability state is maintained during the jackpot game. This is because, if the game is in a high probability state during a jackpot game, a large number of games will be placed in the second special figure starting port 128 during the jackpot game until a predetermined number of game balls are entered in the variable winning opening 130. There is a problem that a ball enters and the number of game balls that can be acquired during a jackpot increases, resulting in an increase in euphoria. This is to solve this problem.

  Furthermore, the state flag is maintained in the on state during the probability fluctuation described later in detail. Therefore, the normal high probability state is maintained during the probability fluctuation.

<Special drawing related lottery processing>
Next, the special drawing 2 related lottery processing in step S215 in the main control unit timer interruption processing shown in FIG. 6 will be described. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure 2 related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300.

  First, in step S2101, in the special figure 1 variable display setting (details will be described later) set in the setting area of the RAM 308, and in the special figure 1 state update process in step S214 in the main controller timer interrupt process shown in FIG. A determination is made regarding the setting during stop display set in the setting area of the RAM 308. That is, in step S2101, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to determine whether or not the special figure 1 display device 198 is displaying the special figure 1 fluctuation display or the stop display, and any of the display is in progress. If there is, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  In step S2102, in the special figure 2 variable display set in the setting area of the RAM 308 in step S2119 to be described later, and in the special figure 2 state update process in step S213 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. A determination is made regarding the setting during stop display set in the setting area. In step S2102, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to, and it is determined whether the special figure 2 display device 114 is in the special figure 2 variable display or the stop display, and either one is being displayed. In such a case, the process returns to the main control unit timer interruption process shown in FIG. As described above, in the special figure 2 state update process (step S213) in the main control unit timer interruption process of FIG. Further, in the special figure 1 state update process (step S214) in the main controller timer interrupt process of FIG. 6, special figure 1 in operation or special figure 1 inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. In step S2103, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to determine whether the special figure 2 operation is set or whether the special figure 1 operation is set. Returning to the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 6, if there is no setting, this time, referring to the special figure 2 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308, the special figure 2 variable game holding number is 0 It is determined whether it is larger (step S2104). That is, it is determined whether or not the number of the special figure 2 variable games being held is 1 or more, and if it is 0, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, if the number of FIG. The CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 that executes steps S2104 to S2105 and steps S2204 to S2205 shown in FIG. 16 corresponds to an example of the lottery means referred to in the present invention. In step S2105, the special figure 2 winning random number value is acquired from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the jackpot determination is performed for the acquired special figure 2 winning random value. In the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, the special figure 2 winning random number value, which is a hardware random number value, is stored in step S1204 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. In this step S2105, the special figure 2 winning random value is acquired, and using the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15A, the special figure 2 variable game lottery is drawn for the special figure 2 winning random value, and the process proceeds to step S2106. move on.

  FIG. 15A is a diagram showing a jackpot determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  After the special figure 2 variable game or after the special figure 1 variable game, the game is executed in either a special figure low probability state with a relatively low probability of winning a jackpot or a relatively high special figure high probability state. Is called. The special figure high probability state is called during probability fluctuation. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a probability variation flag described later. When the probability fluctuation glag is set to ON, a special figure high probability state (during probability fluctuation) is set, and when the probability fluctuation glag is set to OFF, a special figure low probability state is set.

  The jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15A is used based on the special figure 2 variable gaming state (special figure low probability state, special figure high probability state) and the fact that the ball has won the second special figure start port 128. This defines the relationship with the lottery data (the second special figure starting port lottery data). In the big hit determination in step S2105, if the acquired special figure 2 winning random number value belongs to the numerical range of the lottery data for the second special figure starting port shown in the big hit determination table of FIG. If it does not belong to the numerical range, it is determined that the special figure 2 variable game is not won (missed).

  Here, referring to the probability variation flag prepared in the RAM 308, if the special figure 2 variable gaming state is the special figure low probability state, and the acquired special figure 2 winning random number value is 20001 to 20187, the special figure 2 variation It is determined that the game is won. On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 winning random number is a value other than 20001 to 20187, it is determined that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 winning random number value is 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the numerical value indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port in the special figure low probability state. Since the range is 20001-20187 (the size of the numerical range is 187), the winning probability of the special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the ball to the second special figure starting port 128 in the special figure low probability state is about 1 /350.4 (= 187/65536). On the other hand, since the numerical range indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port in the special figure high probability state is 40001 to 41310 (the size of the numerical range is 1310), the second special figure in the special figure high probability state. The winning probability of the special figure variation game based on the winning of the ball at the figure starting opening 128 is about 1 / 50.0 (= 1310/65536), and the special figure based on the winning of the ball at the second special drawing starting opening 128 is shown. The winning probability of the two-variable game is set to be higher in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state.

  Also, in the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15 (a), the special figure 1 variable game state (special figure low probability state, special figure high probability state) and the fact that the ball has won the first special figure start port 126. The relationship with the lottery data to be used based on the first special figure starting port lottery data is also defined.

  In the jackpot determination for the special figure 1 winning random number value using the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15A, the probability fluctuation flag prepared in the RAM 308 is referred to, and the special figure 1 floating game state is the special figure low probability state. In this case, when the special figure 1 winning random value is 10001 to 10187, it is determined that the special figure 1 variable game is won. On the other hand, when the special figure 1 winning random number is a numerical value other than 10001 to 10187, it is determined that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 1 winning random number value is also 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the numerical value indicated by the lottery data for the first special figure starting port in the special figure low probability state. Since the range is 10001 to 10187 (the size of the numerical range is 187), the winning probability of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the ball to the first special figure starting port 126 in the special figure low probability state is about 1 /350.4 (= 187/65536). On the other hand, the first special figure start port lottery data in the special figure high probability state has a numerical range of 30001 to 13310 (the numerical range has a size of 1310). The winning probability of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the ball in the figure starting port 126 is about 1 / 50.0 (= 1310/65536), and the special probability based on the winning of the ball in the first special figure starting port 126 is as follows. The winning probability of the variable game in FIG. 1 is set to be higher in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state.

  In step S2106, it is determined whether or not winning has been won. If winning has been won, the process proceeds to step S2115 described below. On the other hand, a jackpot flag is prepared in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. If the jackpot is won, the jackpot flag is set (step S2107). If the big hit flag is set to ON, the big hit game is started after the special figure 2 variable game is completed. This jackpot game corresponds to an example of the special game according to the present invention, and the main control unit 300 executing step S2107 and the like corresponds to an example of the special game state control means according to the present invention.

  Subsequently, the special figure 2 random number value is acquired from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the round number of the acquired special figure 2 random value is determined (step S2108). In the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, the special figure 2 random number value that is a software random number value is also stored in step S1204 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. In this step S2108, the special figure 2 random value is acquired, and using the round lottery table shown in FIG. 15 (b), it is determined which round number the special figure 2 random value belongs to, The process proceeds to step S2109.

  FIG. 15B is a diagram showing a round lottery determination table for winning a big hit stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  In the special figure 2 variable game, when a big win is won, the door member that opens and closes the variable winning opening 130 opens and closes a predetermined number of times. 15 rounds (R) and 2 rounds (R) are prepared as the number of times the door member is opened and closed (number of rounds). The round lottery determination table shown in FIG. 15B includes the number of rounds and lottery data (second special figure starter lottery data) to be used based on the winning of a ball at the second special figure starter 128. It defines the relationship. Here, when the acquired special figure 2 random number value is 0 to 99, the number of rounds is 15R, and it is determined that 15R big hit is won. On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 random number value is 100 to 127, the number of rounds is 2R, and it is determined that 2R jackpot is won. In the present embodiment, the numerical value range that the special figure 2 random number value can take is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the numerical value range indicated by the 15R second special figure starting port lottery data is 0 to 99. Since the numerical range is 100, the winning probability of 15R based on the winning of the ball to the second special figure starting port 128 is about 1 / 1.3 (= 100/128). On the other hand, since the numerical range indicated by the lottery data for the 2R second special figure starting port is 100 to 127 (the numerical range is 28), the 2R based on the winning of the ball to the second special figure starting port 128 is shown. The winning probability is about 1 / 4.6 (= 28/128). Further, even if the big win is won in the special figure 1 variable game, the door member for opening and closing the variable winning opening 130 opens and closes either 15 times (15R) or 2 times (2R). In the round lottery determination table shown in FIG. 15B, the number of rounds, lottery data (first special figure starting port lottery data) to be used based on the winning of a ball at the first special diagram starting port 126, and The relationship is also defined. In the determination of the number of rounds using the round lottery determination table shown in FIG. 15B, when the special figure 1 random number value is 0 to 63, the number of rounds is 15R, and it is determined that 15R big hit is won. On the other hand, when the special figure 1 random number value is 64 to 127, the number of rounds is 2R, and it is determined that 2R big hit is won. In the present embodiment, the numerical value range that the special figure 1 random number value can take is also 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the numerical value range indicated by the 15R first special figure starting port lottery data is 0 to 63. Since the numerical range is 64, the winning probability of 15R based on the winning of the ball to the first special figure starting port 126 is about 1/2 (= 64/128). On the other hand, since the numerical range indicated by the lottery data for the first special figure starting port of 2R is 64 to 127 (the numerical range has a size of 64), 2R based on the winning of the ball to the first special figure starting port 126 is shown. The winning probability is also about ½ (= 64/128). Therefore, the winning probability of the advantageous number of rounds (15R) is higher when the big win is obtained in the special figure 2 variable game than in the special figure 1 variable game. In this way, the big win in Special Figure 2 is more likely to be drawn than the big win in Special Figure 1 so that an advantageous big win can be easily selected during the short time immediately after the big win. Therefore, a lump of balls can be created. If the lottery shown in FIG. 2 is prioritized over the lottery shown in FIG. 1, the lottery shown in FIG. 1 can be made difficult to be performed during a short period of time, and a more advantageous jackpot can be easily selected.

  In step S2109, it is determined whether or not a 15R jackpot has been won. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, a 2R big hit flag and a 15R big hit flag are prepared. If the 15R big hit flag is won, one of the 15R big hit flags is set (step S2110), and the process proceeds to step S2112. If the other 2R jackpot is won, the 2R jackpot flag is set (step S2111), and the process proceeds to step S2112.

  In step S2112, the special figure 2 random number value is acquired again from the second random value storage area of the RAM 308, and the probability variation is determined for the acquired special figure 2 random value. Here, the special figure 2 random number value used for the round number determination in step S2108 is used, but the special figure 2 winning random number value used in the jackpot determination in step S2105 may be used. In this step S2112, the special figure 2 random value is acquired, and using the special figure high probability state transition determination table shown in FIG. It is determined which of the numerical range of the figure high probability state belongs, and the process proceeds to step S2113.

  FIG. 15C is a diagram showing a special figure high probability state transition determination table at the time of winning the big hit, which is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  In the special figure high probability state transition determination table shown in FIG. 15 (c), the probability state after the special figure 2 variable game (the special figure low probability state, the special figure high probability state) and the transition determination random value range The relationship with the lottery data indicating is defined. The CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 uses the special figure high probability state transition determination table to start a big hit game after the special figure 2 variable game ends (special figure low probability state) or to start a special big hit game. (Special figure high probability state) determination, that is, probability variation transition determination. For example, when the acquired special figure 2 random number value is a numerical value of 64 to 127, it is determined that the special jackpot game is won (probability change winning). On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 random value is a numerical value of 0 to 63, it is determined that the special jackpot game is unfair (probability variation unfair). In this embodiment, the numerical value range that the special figure 2 random number value can take is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the lottery data migration determination random number range is 64 to 127 (the numerical value range is 64), when the result of the jackpot determination is a win, the probability of winning the result of the probability variation transition determination, that is, the probability of starting the special jackpot is 1/2 (= 64/128).

  In step S2113, it is determined whether or not the probability variation has been won. If the probability variation is unreasonable (special jackpot game is unsuccessful), the process proceeds to step S2115, which will be described later, and the probability change is won (winning the special jackpot game). If so, the above-described probability variation flag prepared in the RAM 308 is set (step S2114), and the process proceeds to step S2115.

  In step S2115, using the special figure 2 winning random number value used for the jackpot determination in step S2105 described above, a timer number is selected and stored. The timer number is a number indicating the fluctuation time from the start of the fluctuation display of the special figure 2 by the special figure 2 display device 114 or the fluctuation display of the special figure 1 by the special figure 1 display device 198 to the stop display. . In this step S2115, the special figure 2 winning random number value is acquired again from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the special figure 2 is obtained using the timer number determination table shown in FIGS. 15 (d) and 15 (e). It is determined whether the winning random number value belongs to any of the timer number ranges of timers 1 to 5, and the timer number is determined. The RAM 308 has a timer number storage area, and the determined timer number is stored in the timer number storage area. Further, the fluctuation time corresponding to the timer number is also stored in the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer as the special figure 2 fluctuation display time.

  The timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (d) is used for the usual low probability state, and the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (e) is used for the usual high probability state. is there. In these timer number determination tables, the relationship between the timer number, the lottery data used for the lottery for determining the timer number, and the result of the big hit determination in step S2105 described above is defined. Here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 first refers to the time reduction flag prepared in the RAM 308 to determine whether the current normal state is a low-probability state or a high-probability state. If it is in the state, the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (d) is used to determine the timer number with reference to the setting of the jackpot flag described above. Using the timer number determination table shown, the timer number is determined with reference to the setting of the jackpot flag. In the present embodiment, as described above, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 winning random number value is 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the universal low probability state timer number determination shown in FIG. Using the table, when the jackpot determination result is unsuccessful, the timer random number range of timer 1 is 0 to 60235 (the numerical value range is 60236). The probability of selecting seconds, no reach) is approximately 91.9% (60236/65536). Also, the probability of selecting timer 2 (variation time 10 seconds, normal reach) as the timer number is approximately 6.5% (4250/65536, timer 3 (variation time 20 seconds, long reach)) is approximately 1. The probability of selecting 2% (800/65536, timer 4 (variation time 40 seconds, multiline reach)) is approximately 0.4% (250/65536).

  On the other hand, when the jackpot determination result is winning, the timer 1 is not prepared as the timer number, and the timer random number range of the timer 2 is 0 to 15535 (the numerical range size is 15536). The probability of selecting timer 2 (variation time 10 seconds, normal reach) is approximately 23.7% (15535/65536). The probability of selecting timer 3 (variation time 20 seconds, long reach, normal reach (revariation)) as the timer number is approximately 13.7% (9000/65536), timer 4 (variation time 40 seconds, multiline reach). ) Is approximately 58.0% (38000/65536), and the probability of selecting timer 5 (variation time 50 seconds, full rotation reach) is approximately 4.6% (3000/65536). From this, it can be seen that, in the normal low probability state, if the special figure fluctuation game is a big hit, the fluctuation time will be 40 seconds, which is likely to be long.

  Further, although detailed description is omitted, if the normal figure high probability state, the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (e) is used, and if the special figure variable game is not hit, the change time is 5 seconds. The possibility of shortening is even higher than the normal low probability state. In addition, if the special figure fluctuation game is a big hit, the possibility that the fluctuation time will be 40 seconds in the normal figure low probability state is the highest at about 58.0%, but in the normal figure high probability state, the fluctuation time is The probability of 10 seconds is the highest at approximately 30.5%. That is, as described above in the description of the short time, in the normal figure high probability state, when the special figure variable game is hit, there is a high possibility that the change time will be shortened.

  Subsequently, various types of information are additionally stored in a transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2116). Specifically, 1H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command rotation start setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217). Also, special figure identification information indicating that the symbol for starting the variable display is special figure 2 is additionally stored. Further, information on which the 2R jackpot flag or 15R jackpot flag is set, information on which the probability variation flag is set, and information on the above timer number are additionally stored. When the execution of step S2116 is completed, in step S2117, the number of reserved special figure 2 variable games stored in the special figure 2 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is decremented by one, and the flow advances to step S2118.

  In step S2118, both the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random value are deleted from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the second preliminary lottery random number value is also deleted from the second preliminary lottery random value storage area. Then, the process proceeds to step S2119.

  In step S2119, the setting during special figure 2 fluctuation display is performed in the setting area of the RAM 308, and the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  In this embodiment, the jackpot lottery, the round lottery at the time of jackpot winning, the special drawing high probability state transition lottery at the time of jackpot winning, and the lottery of the timer number are the special figure 2 winning random number values acquired in S1204 of FIG. Although it was performed using the two random numbers of the special figure 2 random values, it is not limited to this. For example, the jackpot lottery is acquired by a hard random number counter as in this embodiment, and the lottery at the time of jackpot winning, the special drawing high probability state transition lottery at the time of jackpot winning, and the lottery of the timer number are stored in different storage units, respectively. It may be obtained using a soft random number counter. Further, the acquisition timing is not limited to the present embodiment. For example, the random number for the jackpot lottery, the round lottery at the time of the jackpot winning, and the special drawing high probability state transition lottery at the time of the jackpot winning may be acquired based on the winning acceptance (S209 in FIG. 6) or a timer. You may carry out based on the lottery of a number. Further, the present invention is not limited to the above description, and any combination of whether each random number value is shared with other random number values or each random number is acquired at the time of winning or lottery may be used.

  Next, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S217 in FIG. 6) executed following the special figure 2 related lottery process will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure 1 related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300. In each step from step S2201 to step S2219 shown in FIG. 16, “first” in each step from step S2101 to step S2119 shown in FIG. Since it is the same as the step read as “FIG. 2”, the description is omitted here.

<Sub control section main processing>
Next, the sub control unit main process executed by the CPU 404 of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main process of the sub control unit.

  The sub control unit 400 is provided with a reset signal output circuit that outputs a reset signal when the power is turned on. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 to which this reset signal has been input starts resetting by a reset interrupt and executes the sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. 17A in accordance with a control program stored in the ROM 406 in advance. Initialize the. In this initialization, input / output ports are initialized and various variables are initialized.

  In step S302, command input processing (details will be described later) is performed.

  In step S303, it is determined whether the value of a timer variable storage area described later is 10 or more. When the value of the timer variable storage area is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S304, and when the value of the timer variable storage area is less than 10, the process proceeds to step S302.

  In step S304, 0 is stored in the timer variable storage area.

  In step S305, effect data update processing is performed. In this effect data update processing, the variation number stored in the variation pattern selection processing, which will be described later, the combination of temporary stop symbols, and the type of stop symbol combination are updated, and the process since the start of variation display of the decorative symbols Based on the time, the operation control data for controlling effects by the decorative display device 110, the shielding means 250, the speaker 416, the various lamps 420, the effect movable body of the effect device 200, and the like is updated.

  In step S305, a command to be output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 (for example, a command for instructing to stop the decorative 7 on the left or a shield so that the decorative symbol variation display is performed in the manner indicated by the determined effect information. The command for operating the means 250) is stored in a liquid crystal command storage area provided in the RAM 408, and the decorative symbol display control unit 500, the speaker 416, the various lamps 420, and the production by steps S306, 307, 308, and 309 to be described later Prepare to control the movable body. Further, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, a lottery such as whether or not to execute a predetermined effect, for example, whether or not to perform an effect using a chance button, is performed.

  In step S306, a decorative symbol display device control process is performed. In this decorative symbol display device control process, a command is output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 via the output port of the I / O 410. Here, the display data to be output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 included in the decorative symbol display control information prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the display control of the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed. The decorative symbol display control unit 500 is caused to perform this.

  In step S307, sound output processing is performed. In this sound output process, the audio data to be output to the speaker 416 included in the speaker control information prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the sound source IC 418 performs output control of the speaker 416.

  In step S308, lamp control processing is performed. In this lamp control process, data indicating lighting / extinguishing of lamps to be output to various lamps 420 included in the information for controlling various lamps prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and various lamps 420 are set. The display circuit 422 is controlled to turn on and off.

  In step S309, an effect driving device control process is performed. In this effect driving device control process, data indicating the operation timing included in the control information for the effect movable body prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the effect movable object and the like are set. The production drive circuit 426 controls the various production drive devices 424 to be driven.

  Sub-control unit 400 repeatedly executes the processes of steps S302 to S304 thereafter, except for interruption by strobe processing, chance button processing, or sub-control unit timer interrupt processing described later.

<Command input processing>
Next, the command input process (step S302) in the sub-control unit main process will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of command input processing.

  The RAM 408 mounted on the basic circuit 402 in the sub-control unit 400 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a command storage area. In step S217 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6, the sub control unit 400 performs various commands transmitted from the main control unit 300 to the sub control unit 400 by executing a strobe interrupt process to be described later. Stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area. The command storage area stores a symbol variation start command, a symbol variation stop command, a RAM clear command, and a special symbol pending increase command. In step S401 shown in FIG. 17B, the contents of the command storage area provided in the RAM 408 are confirmed, and it is determined whether or not an unprocessed command remains. If an unprocessed command remains in the command storage area, the process proceeds to step S402. If an unprocessed command does not remain in the command storage area, the process ends and returns to the sub-control unit main process. .

  In step S402, the process jumps to a process corresponding to the unprocessed command whose existence was affirmed in step S401. Hereinafter, some of the processes corresponding to the unprocessed commands will be described in detail.

  FIG. 17C is a flowchart showing the flow of the variation pattern selection process, and FIG. 17D is a flowchart showing the flow of the symbol stop process. The variation pattern selection process shown in FIG. 17C is executed when the symbol variation start command is an unprocessed command. Also, the symbol stop process shown in FIG. 4D is executed when the symbol variation stop command is an unprocessed command. Furthermore, there are other processes based on unprocessed commands. For example, a round start command that is output from the main control unit 300 every time the opening control of the variable winning opening 130 is started during the big hit and includes information indicating the number of opening of the variable winning opening 130 after the big win starts is an unprocessed command. For example, a round start process performed in some cases. Other processing is omitted here.

  In step S501 of the variation pattern selection process shown in FIG. 17C, the value of the big hit flag, the value of the probability variation flag, and the timer number included in the symbol variation start command which is an unprocessed command are extracted. The data is stored in each storage area of the RAM 408. In addition, after referring to the variation number selection table or the symbol determination table, effect data (in this embodiment, variation number, temporary stop symbol / stop symbol combination, etc.) is selected and stored in the storage area provided in the RAM 408. The process is terminated.

  Also, in step S601 of the symbol stop process shown in FIG. In the middle, the setting is made to display in the three display areas of the right symbol display areas 110a to 110c, and the process is terminated.

  In the round start process, information indicating the number of times the variable winning opening 130 is opened after the jackpot start included in the unprocessed command is extracted and stored in the storage area of the RAM 408.

<Strobe interrupt processing>
Next, strobe interrupt processing of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of strobe interrupt processing.

  This strobe interrupt process is a process executed when the sub control unit 400 detects a strobe signal output from the main control unit 300. That is, as described above, the strobe signal is included as strobe information in the command transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. In the command setting transmission process (step S217) of the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. When a command is transmitted from the control unit 300 to the sub-control unit 400 and the sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal in the transmitted command, this strobe interrupt process is executed. In step S701 of the strobe interrupt process, the command output from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

<Chance button interrupt processing>
Next, the chance button interrupt process of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of chance button interrupt processing.

  This chance button interruption process is a process executed when the sub control unit 400 detects an operation of the chance button 146 by the chance button detection circuit 364.

  In step S801 of the chance button interrupt process, a value is acquired from the detection counter stored in the detection counter storage area of the RAM 408 for measuring the number of times the chance button 146 is pressed, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Store in the original detection counter storage area.

<Variable update interrupt processing>
Next, variable update interrupt processing executed by the CPU 404 of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of variable update interrupt processing.

  The sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms), and this sub-control unit timer interrupt processing is performed at a predetermined cycle. Run with.

  In step S901 of the variable update interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S304 in the sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. 17A, and the original timer variable storage area is stored. To do. Therefore, in step S304, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10).

  Next, the special figure hold increasing process will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure hold increasing process.

  First, the flow until the special figure hold increasing process is started will be described. In step S1105 in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. 7 or in step S1205 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. 8, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 In the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308, AH, which is information indicating the increase in special figure hold, is additionally stored as transmission information (command type), and command setting transmission processing in the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. In S217), the general command special figure hold increase setting process is executed. By doing this, the command type is AH from the main control unit 300 to the sub-control unit 400, special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2), notice information (preliminary notice information, false advance notice) A special figure hold increase command including either information or no prior notice information is transmitted. In the strobe process shown in FIG. 17 (e), the sub-control unit 400 stores this special figure pending increase command as an unprocessed command (step S701), and goes through the command input process (S402) shown in FIG. 17 (b). Then, the special figure hold increasing process shown in FIG. 16 is started.

  In step S451, it is determined whether or not it is the pending increase information of the special figure 1 based on the special figure identification information included in the special figure pending increase command received from the main control unit 300, and if it is the pending increase information of the special figure 1 In step S452, the process proceeds to step S453 if the reservation increase information shown in FIG.

  In the RAM 408 of the sub-control unit 400, a reserved information storage area for special figure 1 and a reserved information storage area for special figure 2 are prepared. In step S452, special figure 1 holding increase information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 holding information storage area provided in the RAM 408. In step S453, special figure 2 holding information storage area provided in the RAM 408 is stored in the special figure 2 holding information storage area. FIG. 2 additionally stores the pending increase information.

  In step S454, it is determined whether or not the advance notice information is included in the advance notice information included in the special figure hold increase command received from the main control unit 300. If included, the process proceeds to step S455 and is included. If not, the process proceeds to step S456. In step S455, prior notice information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 hold increase information additionally stored in step S452 or in the special figure 2 hold increase information stored in step S453, and the command input shown in FIG. Return to processing. In addition, after the jackpot ends, the previously stored advance notice information is cleared.

  As described above, the remaining number of symbols to be confirmed is added to the value of the lottery count executed before the lottery information lottery to which the advance notice information is added when the advance notice has been made. In this embodiment, when the added hold information is special figure 1, the number is 8 times, and when the added hold information is special figure 2, the number is 4 times. It becomes the maximum value. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a notice counter, and when the advance notice information is additionally stored in step S455, if the advance notice is not performed, the remaining symbol determination number is set in the notice counter. In addition, when the advance notice is made in Special Figure 1, if special figure hold increase information of Special Figure 2 is added, since the lottery of Special Figure 2 is preferentially performed, the number of remaining symbols is increased. Increment the value of the notice counter.

  In step S456, it is determined whether or not the advance notice information included in the received special figure hold increase command includes false advance notice information. If included, the process proceeds to step S457. Returns to the command input process shown in FIG. In step S457, false advance notice information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 hold increase information additionally stored in step S452 or special figure 2 hold increase information stored in step S453, and the command shown in FIG. Return to input processing. Note that after the jackpot ends, the additionally stored false advance notice information is cleared. The RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 is also provided with a false notice counter. This false notice counter also counts the number of remaining symbols determined. When the false advance notice information is additionally stored in step S457, if the false advance notice is not performed, the remaining symbol determination number is set in the false notice counter. In addition, when the special advance reservation information of special figure 2 is added when the false advance notice is made in special figure 1, the number of remaining symbols is increased because the lottery of special figure 2 is given priority. Therefore, the value of the notice counter is incremented.

  In step S501 of the variation pattern selection process described above, the special figure 1 hold increase information and the special figure 1 hold increase information additionally stored in step S455 of this special figure hold increase process, or the special figure 2 additionally stored in step S457. With reference to the hold increase information, the change pattern is selected in consideration of the advance notice information or the false advance notice information included in the information.

<Data table of sub-control unit>
Next, a data table stored in the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400 will be described.

  FIG. 19A shows an example of a variation number selection table used when the result of the jackpot determination is unsuccessful (the jackpot flag is off). FIG. 19B shows the result of the jackpot determination. It shows an example of a variable number selection table used when winning (a jackpot flag is on).

  When determining the received command, the sub-control unit 400 acquires a variation determining random number if it is a symbol variation start command. The variation number selection table shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B is a data table for determining the effect display mode (reach mode) in the decorative symbol display device 110. FIGS. 15D and 15E are used as data tables. This is used to determine the variation number based on the timer number, the probability variation flag setting status described above, and the variation determination random number obtained by the sub-control unit 400. In the column corresponding to the item “variation form” of the variation number selection table, the variation form corresponding to the variation number is described for reference. For example, when the variation 11 of the variation number is selected, The display control of the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed with the variation form “long reach”, and when the variation number variation 19 is selected, the display control of the decoration symbol display device 110 is performed with the variation form “full rotation reach”. Show.

  For example, when the result of the jackpot determination is incorrect and the timer number is timer 1, the variation number selection table shown in FIG. 19A when the jackpot flag is OFF is referred to. In the variation number selection table shown in FIG. 19A, since the result of the jackpot determination is unsuccessful, there is no need to consider the setting state of the probability variation flag. In the above case, since the numerical range of the random number for variation determination corresponding to timer number = timer 1 is 0 to 127 (the numerical range is 128), the variation number is 100% (= 128/128). Regardless of the probability, that is, regardless of the obtained random number for determining variation, variation 1 is selected, and information indicating that the selection result is variation 1 is stored in the variation number storage area provided in the RAM 408. Also, when the big hit determination result is won, the timer number is timer 2 and the probability variation flag is off, the variation number selection table when the big hit flag is on, shown in FIG. 19B, is referred to. In this case, the numerical range of the random number for variation determination corresponding to timer number = timer 2 and probability variation flag = off is 0 to 47 (the size of the numerical range is 48) and 48 to 127 (the size of the numerical range is 80). ), The variation 6 is selected with a probability of 48/128, and the variation 7 is selected with a probability of 80/128.

  20 to 21 are diagrams showing an example of a symbol determination table for determining a combination of temporary stop symbols to be temporarily stopped by the decorative symbol display device 110 and a combination of stop symbols to be stopped and displayed.

  When determining the received command, the sub-control unit 400 acquires a symbol determining random number if it is a symbol variation start command. The symbol determination table shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 is used based on the variation number determined using FIG. 19 and the value of the symbol determining random number. The temporary stop symbol combinations shown in these symbol determination tables indicate temporary stop symbol combinations that temporarily stop before the symbols displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110 become the stop symbol combinations. The symbol combination indicates a combination of stop symbols that finally stops.

  FIG. 20A is an example of a symbol determination table used when the variation number selected using FIG. 19 is variation 1, and for determining the type of combination of decorative symbols to be temporarily stopped and stopped. (B) shows an example of a symbol determination table corresponding to fluctuations 2 to 5, and (c) shows an example of a symbol determination table corresponding to fluctuations 6, 10, 13, 14, 18 (d). ) Shows an example of the symbol determination table corresponding to the variation 7. 21A shows an example of a symbol determination table corresponding to the variation 9, FIG. 21B shows an example of a symbol determination table corresponding to the variations 11, 15, 16, and 19, and FIG. An example of the symbol determination table corresponding to the variations 8, 17, and 20 is shown in FIG. 9D, and an example of the symbol determination table corresponding to the variation 12 is shown.

  Moreover, the symbol determination table corresponding to the fluctuations 1 to 5 shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B is a table to be selected when the big hit determination is unfair (in the case of losing), and FIG. ) And (d), the symbol determination table corresponding to the fluctuations 6, 10, 13, 14, 18, 7 is a table to be selected when the big hit determination is a win and the probability change transition determination is not a win (in the case of a big win). The symbol determination table corresponding to the fluctuations 9, 11, 15, 16, 19, 8, 17, 20, and 12 shown in FIGS. This table is selected when winning (in the case of special jackpot). Here, the tables shown in FIGS. 21A to 21D are configured to be selected only in the case of a special jackpot, but when a combination of stop symbols is selected using this table, FIG. The symbol display areas 110a to 110c shown in Fig. 5 include a case where the symbol combination corresponding to the big hit is not displayed, instead of the symbol combination corresponding to the special big hit. Of course, the special jackpot game is started after the stop display, and the special figure high probability state is set after the jackpot operation is finished.

  For example, when the variation number is variation 6, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the symbol determination table shown in FIG. In this case, the numerical range of the random number for design determination corresponding to the variation 6 is 0 to 25 (the size of the numerical range is 26), 26 to 51 (the size of the numerical range is 26), 52 to 77 (the numerical range). There are five types, 26), 78-102 (numerical range size is 25), and 103-127 (numerical range size is 25). “Decoration 2—decoration 2—decoration 2”, “decoration 4—decoration 4—decoration 4”, “decoration 6—decoration 6—decoration 6”, “decoration 8—decoration 8—decoration 8”, or “ One of “decoration 10—decoration 10—decoration 10” is selected.

  FIG. 22A is a view showing an example of a continuous notice appearance character table, and FIG. 22B is a view showing an example of a continuous notice scenario table.

  The continuous notice appearance character table shown in FIG. 22A is a data table in which the number of remaining symbols determined and the continuous notice appearance character are stored in association with each other. Although details will be described later, the CPU 404 of the sub-control unit 400 uses the continuous notice appearance character table to determine the appearance characters in the advance notice and the false advance notice based on the number of remaining symbols determined.

  The continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. 22 (b) is a data table that stores the number of remaining symbol determinations and the scenario scene in association with each other. Although details will be described later, the CPU 404 of the sub-control unit 400 uses this continuous advance notice scenario table to determine a scenario scene in advance notice or false advance notice based on the number of remaining symbols determined.

  In the scenario type continuous notice, it is confirmed that the lottery result in the special figure variable game is a win in the continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. This is a notification expected by the player and corresponds to an example of the advance notice information referred to in the present invention. The scenario type continuous notice will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of scenario type continuous notice.

  The sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408 at the timing of starting the decorative display of the decorative symbol based on the special figure 2 variable game that is initially reserved, and the remaining number of symbol determinations (here, four times). To get. Then, from the continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. 22 (b), “merchant lead” which is a scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol confirmations of 4 times is acquired, and the merchant as shown in FIG. 23 (a). Decorative design display device for displaying lead scenes (scenes where the merchant leads among the three characters of bad actors, merchants, and lords) during the display and display of changes in the decorative design based on the special game 2 110. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Next, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter to determine the remaining number of symbols to be determined (three times here) at the timing of starting the decorative symbol variation display based on the second reserved special symbol 2 variation game. get. Then, from the above-mentioned continuous notice scenario table, the “don't chase” that is the scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol confirmations of 3 times is acquired, and the scene of the lord lead as shown in FIG. , The merchant, and the merchant's three characters are being chased by the competition) on the decorative symbol display device 110 during the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the special figure 2 variable game and when the variation stops. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Subsequently, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter to determine the remaining number of symbols to be determined (two in this case) at the timing of starting the decorative symbol variation display based on the third suspended special symbol 2 variation game. get. Then, from the above-mentioned continuous notice scenario table, a “dono lead” which is a scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol determination times of 2 is acquired, and the scene of the noun lead as shown in FIG. , Of the three characters of merchant and merchant, the scene where the merchant is leading in the competition) is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110 during the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the special figure 2 variable game and when the variation stops. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Next, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter at the timing to start the display of the decorative symbol based on the last special figure 2 variable game (the special figure 2 variable game won for the special jackpot). The number of symbol determinations (here, once) is acquired. From the above-mentioned continuous notice scenario table, the “prefectural victory”, which is the scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbols to be determined once, is acquired. , Of the three characters of Tono, the scene where Tono wins in a competitive game) is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110 during the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the special figure 2 variable game. The sub-control unit 400 performs a stop display of a combination of decorative symbols (in this example, decorative 3 -decoration 3 -decoration 3) corresponding to the special jackpot in the special figure 2 variable game that has been put on hold at the end. In the special figure variation game, the stop display of the combination of the decorative symbols corresponding to the detachment is performed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 24, the special figure 2 priority fluctuation in the normal low probability state, which is executed by the main control unit 300 and the sub control unit 400 in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, will be described. This figure is a diagram showing an example of the special figure 2 priority fluctuation in the normal low probability state. In the description here, the sub-control unit 400 performs advance notice using the continuous notice appearance character table shown in FIG. In addition, the preconditions in the description here are described below.
(A) The special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure starting port 128 is performed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the first special figure starting port 126. In other words, the lottery result based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is notified in preference to the lottery result based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126.
(B) The advance notification is continuously performed until the result notification of the special figure variable game for the advance notification is started.

  In FIG. 24A, the main control unit 300 performs the stop display of the special figure 1 using the special figure 1 display device 198 and performs the stop display of the special figure 2 using the special figure 2 display device 114. The sub-control unit 400 shows a state in which the decorative symbol display device 110 is used to perform a decorative symbol stop display (in this example, a decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4 stop display corresponding to a detachment). At the same time, the main controller 300 uses the special figure 1 hold lamp 199 to display the number of special figure 1 variable games that are on hold (in this example, 0 times) and displays the special figure 2 hold lamp 118. The number of the special figure 2 variable games on hold is displayed (0 in this example).

  FIG. 5B shows a state where a winning is made at the first special figure starting port 126. When the main control unit 300 detects the entrance of the first special figure start opening 126 by the first start opening sensor, the number of the special figure 1 variable games held is a predetermined number (4 in this embodiment). Therefore, after acquiring the above-mentioned special figure 1 winning random number value and special figure 1 random number value, the random number value is stored in the first random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308 and the first special figure variable game is suspended. The data is stored in a storage area determined based on the number (steps S1101 to S1104). Further, the first notice lottery random number value described above is also acquired, and this random value is also stored in a first notice random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308 (steps S1103 to S1104 above). Further, as shown in FIG. 6B, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure 1 holding lamp 199 to count the number corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games being held (one time in this example). The lamp is turned on (see FIG. 5B).

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is additionally stored as information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose holding has increased is special figure 1 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps S1105 to S1106).

  The sub-control unit 400 that has received the special figure hold increase command from the main control unit 300 executes the above-described special figure hold increase process. Specifically, the sub-control unit 400 stores the special figure 1 hold information in the special figure 1 hold information storage area provided in the RAM 408 when the reception information includes the special figure 1 hold increase information. Is additionally stored (step S452 above).

  Here, neither the advance notice lottery nor the false advance notice lottery is unfair, and no advance notice or false advance notice is performed.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 6C, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure display device 198 to start the variable display of the special figure 1 and sends a rotation start command to the sub control unit 400. Send. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decoration display device 110 to start variable display using decorative symbols based on the special figure 1 variable game. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure hold lamp 199 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games that have been put on hold (one time in this example).

  FIG. 6C shows a state in which a winning is made at the second special figure starting port 128. When the main control unit 300 detects the entrance of the second special figure start opening 128 by the second start opening sensor during the fluctuation display of the special figure 1, the number of the special figure 2 variable games held is less than four. (0 here), after acquiring the above-mentioned special figure 2 winning random value and special figure 2 random value, these random values are stored in the second special random number storage area provided in the RAM 308. The data is stored in a storage area determined based on the number of pending game changes (steps S1201 to S1204). Also, the above-mentioned second notice lottery random value is acquired, and this random value is also stored in the second notice random value storage area provided in the RAM 308 (steps S1203 to S1204). Further, as shown in FIG. 6C, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure hold lamp 118 to correspond to the number of special figure 2 variable games being held (in this example, once). Turn on the number lamps.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is stored as additional information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose suspension is increased is special figure 2 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps S1205 to S1206).

  The sub-control unit 400 that has received the special figure hold increase command from the main control unit 300 executes the above-described special figure hold increase process. Specifically, the sub-control unit 400 stores the special figure 2 reservation information in the special information storage area for special figure 2 provided in the RAM 408 when the reception information includes the special figure 2 increase information. Is additionally stored (step S453 above).

  Further, in FIG. 6C, since the fluctuation display of the special figure 1 by the first special figure display device 198 and the fluctuation display by the decorative symbol based on the special figure 1 fluctuation game by the decoration display device 110 have started. The lottery based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is put on hold. Furthermore, here too, the advance notice lottery or the false advance notice lottery is unsuccessful, and no advance notice or false advance notice is performed.

  FIG. 4D shows a state where there is another winning at the first special figure starting port 126. During the fluctuation display of the special figure 1, the main control unit 300 detects that the number of the special figure 1 variable games held at the first special figure start opening 126 (when the ball is detected is 4) by the first start opening sensor. Since it is less than (here, 0), after acquiring the above-mentioned special figure 1 winning random value and special figure 1 random value, these random numbers are stored in the special random number storage area provided in the RAM 308. In addition, the first notice lottery random number value is acquired, and the random number value is also stored in the first notice random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308. (Steps S1103 to S1104 above) Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure reservation lamp 199 to make a number corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games being held (one time in this example). The lamp is lit, and the special feature that was suspended in Fig. 3 (c). The second Japanese view hold lamps 118 indicating the retention of 2 variation game remains on.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is additionally stored as information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose suspension has increased is special figure 1 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps 1105 to S1106 above).

  In this example, the remaining symbol determination count is 2. In the main control unit 300, the acquired special figure 1 winning random number value is the numerical range of the first special figure starting port lottery data, the acquired special figure 1 random number value is the numerical range of the transition determination random number, and the first The preliminary lottery random value belongs to the predetermined numerical range (0 to 64) shown in FIG. 10A based on the number of remaining symbol determinations of two times, and won the preliminary lottery. That is, a lottery for advance notice based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. The main control unit 300 overwrites and stores the advance notice information as transmission information (step S1112), whereby the sub control unit 400 additionally stores the special figure 1 hold information in the special information storage area for special figure 1. At the same time, advance notice information is additionally stored (step S455 in FIG. 18).

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5E, the main control unit 300 starts displaying from FIG. 6C and displays the special figure 1 by the first special figure display device 198 that has been displayed so far. A stop display is performed and a stop start command is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 performs stop display of the decorative symbol (displayed by the decorative display device 110) based on the special figure 1 variable game, which is also variably displayed so far, starting from FIG. In this example, the stop display of the decoration 4-decoration 3-decoration 2 corresponding to the detachment is performed.)
Subsequently, the main control unit 300 gives priority to the special figure 2 variable game among the special figure 1 variable game (once in this example) and the special figure 2 variable game (once in this example). Then, the special figure 2 variable game is started. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5F, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure display device 114 to display the fluctuation of the special figure 2 and also sends a rotation start command to the sub control unit 400. Send. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decoration display device 110 to perform variable display of decorative symbols based on the second special figure variable game. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure holding lamp 118 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of second special figure variable games that have been held (in this example, one time).

  In addition, as shown in FIGS. 5F to 5H, the sub-control unit 400 stores the decoration information in the reserved information storage area for the special figure 1 during the variation display of the decorative symbols based on the second special figure fluctuation game. Based on the advance notice information, the advance notice is made to make the player expect that the next special figure 1 variable game will be a big hit (that is, the special figure 2 and the decorative pattern change based on the special figure 2 variable game). During the display, a notice suggesting a big hit of the special figure 1 variable game is given). In this example, as a prior notice, an image of a princess character who is a character having a remaining symbol determination number of 2 in the table shown in FIG. 22A and a character “Atari?” Are displayed on the decoration display device 110. . The decorative pattern (displayed by the decorative display device 110) based on the special figure 2 variable game, which is displayed in a variable manner through the reach state (FIG. (G)) starting from FIG. The advance notice using the image of the princess character is continued until the stop display (in this example, the decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3 stop display corresponding to the disengagement) is performed.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure display device 198, as shown in FIG. 6 (i), and the special figure 1 based on the special figure 1 variable game that has been suspended from FIG. And a rotation start command is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decoration display device 110 to start the variable display of decorative symbols based on the special figure 1 variable game, as shown in FIGS. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure hold lamp 199 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games that have been put on hold (one time in this example).

  The special figure 1 variable game started in this way has been previously notified in advance by the image of the princess character. The advance notice is continuously displayed until the change display based on the change game for which the advance notice has been made is stopped. Here, since the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in FIG. 11H, the number of remaining symbols is reduced from 2 to 1. When the number of remaining symbol determinations is reduced from 2 to 1, as shown in (i) of the figure, an image of a character who is the character with the remaining number of symbol determinations of 1 in the table shown in FIG. ? "Is displayed on the decoration display device 110 as a prior notice. The advance notice using the image of the character of the shrine is a decorative figure (decoration) based on the special figure 1 variable game, which is displayed in a variable manner through the reach state (FIG. (K)) starting from FIG. The display by the display device 110) is continuously displayed until immediately before the stop display (in this example, the decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3 stop display corresponding to the special jackpot) as shown in FIG. The

  Next, with reference to FIG. 25, the special figure 2 priority fluctuation in the normal high probability state, which is executed by the main control unit 300 and the sub control unit 400 in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, will be described. This figure is a diagram showing an example of special figure 2 priority fluctuation in the case of ordinary high probability state.

  Here, the difference from the case of the ordinary figure low probability state described with reference to FIG. 24 will be described. The preconditions (A) and (B) are the same here.

  As described above, as shown in a comparison between the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10A and the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. It is easier to win a lottery for advance notice based on winning the first special figure starting port 126. In FIG. 24, which is in a normal low-probability state, in the state in which the number of remaining symbols is 2 in the advance notice lottery based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. I am elected. On the other hand, also in FIG. 25 (d), the number of remaining symbol determinations is two, and the acquired special figure 1 winning random number value is within the numerical range of the first special figure starting port lottery data and is acquired. The random value in FIG. 1 is the numerical range of the transition determination random number. However, in FIG. 25 (d), the first notice lottery random value does not belong to the predetermined numerical range (0 to 1) shown in FIG. It was off. Therefore, in the special figure 1 variable game based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. 25 (d) without any prior notice, the decoration corresponding to the special jackpot 3-decoration 3- The stop display of the decoration 3 is performed (FIG. 25 (m)).

  Next, the problem of continuous notice will be described.

  FIG. 26 is a diagram showing an example of the special figure 2 priority change for explaining the problem of continuous notice that occurs in the normal figure high probability state.

  Here, the difference from the example of the special figure 2 priority fluctuation in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment described above with reference to FIG. 25 will be described. The preconditions (A) and (B) are the same here.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, it is difficult to win a lottery in advance notice based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 in the high figure probability state than in the low figure probability state. In the example of the special figure 2 priority fluctuation shown in FIG. 2, the win probability of the advance notice based on winning the first special figure start port 126 is the same in the high figure low probability state and the normal figure low probability state, or this implementation Contrary to the example, the normal figure high probability state is more likely to win the preliminary notice lottery than the normal figure low probability state. For this reason, the advance notice lottery based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. 25 (d) is lost, but the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. Based on the advance notice lottery based on. As a result, the advance notice using the image of the princess character is started from FIG. In the example shown in FIG. 26, it is easy to win the second special figure starting port 128 because it is in the normal high probability state, and the second special figure starting port 128 has won immediately at the timing of FIG. From the precondition (A) above (the special figure 2 variable game is given priority over the special figure 1 variable game), after the stop display made at the timing shown in FIG. The special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure start port 128 at the timing shown in FIG. 5 (g) is given priority over the special figure 1 variable game in which the advance notice is made by the image of (I) to (k)), the advance notice by the image of the princess character is continued. In addition, there is a winning at the second special figure starting port 128 also at the timing of FIG. (J), and here again, the special figure 2 variable game based on this winning is more than the special figure 1 variable game in which the advance notice is made. Is also preferentially performed ((l) to (n) in the figure), and the advance notice by the image of the princess character is still continued. Furthermore, even at the timing of FIG. 5 (m), there is a prize at the second special figure starting port 128, and here again, the special figure 2 variable game based on this prize is still subject to advance notice. Prior to the game, the advance notice is continued by the image of the princess character.

  As shown in FIG. 24, in the continuous notice here, the notice of the big hit is displayed from the advance notice based on the image of the princess character to the advance notice based on the image of the character (corresponding to an example of the notice information in the present invention). In this example, the advance notice by the image of the princess character does not end indefinitely. In this case, although it should be a big hit, the big hit stop display is not made any time, and the player's expectation for the advance notice is reduced, and there is a possibility that the interest of the player's game may be lowered. However, once the special notice 2 variable game is started, once the continuous notice is stopped, the production of the effect by the continuous notice that also increases the excitement of the player by continuously producing the production. Interest will be reduced.

  The problem described with reference to FIG. 26 is a problem that is likely to occur in the usual high probability state under the preconditions (A) and (B). However, according to the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, this problem is unlikely to occur, and in many cases, the example is as shown in FIG. This is because, according to the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the high-probability state of the normal figure wins the lottery for the advance notice based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 than the low-probability state of the normal figure. This is because, because it is difficult, the preliminary notice lottery based on winning in the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. In addition, it is possible not to incorporate control of a device for preventing the continuous notice from being performed for a long time (for example, the advance notice is terminated when interruption of a special figure is performed a predetermined number of times or more). Therefore, the effort of the software developer can be reduced.

  Here, the stop by the player will be described. The term “stopping” as used herein means that the player does not intentionally place the game ball into the game area. The pachinko machine 100 must comply with the game rules, and a recent player analyzes the game rules and captures the pachinko machine. Stopping by the player is also one of these strategies. For example, among the four special figure 1 variable games that are reserved, a special figure 1 variable game that can be expected to be a big hit is obtained. This is a strategy for acquiring a special figure 2 variable game that can be expected to be a big hit among the special figure 2 variable games.

  In this strategy, whether the figure is in a high probability state (the second special figure starting port 128 is in a state where the second special figure starting port 128 is relatively easy to win a prize) or whether the common figure is in a low probability state (the second special figure starting port 128 is in a relatively winning state) Is difficult to win). Therefore, first, the general figure high probability state and the general figure low probability state will be summarized. According to the game rules at the time of filing of the present application, during the jackpot game (in the special game state), a normal low probability state is assumed. Further, in this embodiment, the normal figure high probability state is maintained during the special figure high probability state after the jackpot game ends (during probability fluctuation). On the other hand, even if the special figure has a low probability after the jackpot game is finished, the short-time state is entered, so that the normal figure has a high probability state. However, in the short-time state, if the sum of the number of lottery times of the special figure 1 variable game and the number of lottery times of the special figure 2 variable game exceeds 100 times, a normal low probability state is entered.

  Since the player who makes a stoppage is difficult to win the second special figure starting port 128 in the normal low probability state, the special figure 1 is in the normal high probability state before the normal low probability state. In order to win a big hit also for the variable game and to win a big hit also for the special figure 2 variable game, the game ball is not fired for a certain period, and the stored hold is once digested.

Hereinafter, description will be made with reference to FIGS. 27 to 29. In the description here, the following items (1) to (5) are assumed.
(1) The pachinko machine 100 is normally in a high probability state, and the second special figure starting port 128 is in an easy-to-win state that is relatively easy to win.
(2) When the big hit game is started, the pachinko machine 100 is normally in a low probability state, and the second special figure starting port 128 is in a difficult to win state which is relatively difficult to win. In addition, after the jackpot game ends, the normal figure is likely to be in a high probability state, but in the short time state, if the sum of the number of lottery times of the special figure 1 variable game and the special figure 2 variable game exceeds 100 times, the figure is usually low. Probability state.
(3) The special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure starting port 128 is performed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the first special figure starting port 126. In other words, the lottery result based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is notified in preference to the lottery result based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126.
(4) The maximum number of reserves of the special figure 1 variable game is 4, and the maximum number of reserves of the special figure 2 variable game is also 4.
(5) The jackpot of the special figure 2 is more easily selected than the jackpot of the special figure 1 which has a larger profit amount to be given to the player.
(6) The player knows whether or not the pachinko machine has a prior notice that can be expected to be a big hit, and also (2) to (5) above.

  Then, the example in case the pachinko machine of a present Example is a usual high probability state is demonstrated. FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example when the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment is in a normal high probability state.

  FIG. 27 is a diagram showing an example in the case where a prior notice based on winning in the first special figure starting port 126 is performed in the conventional high probability state of the pachinko machine.

  FIG. 27 shows the states of the first special figure reservation lamp 199 and the second special figure reservation lamp 118 at the respective timings a to x when the time advances to x in the order of a, b, c. It is shown. In addition, a black circle shown in FIG. 27 represents a hold for which advance notice has been made, a hatched circle represents a hold for which no advance notice has been given, and a white circle represents no hold. The player knows that the advance notice will be made, and is trying to acquire the hold with the advance notice both in the special figure 1 variable game hold and in the special figure 2 variable game hold. . That is, in this figure, in an easy-to-understand manner, one or more of the four first special figure holding lamps 199 try to be black circles and one or more of the four second special figure holding lamps 118 are black dots. Trying to.

  The player repeats driving of the game ball into the game area (continuously launches), and eventually the normal high probability state is started as shown in FIG. It becomes easy to win a prize easily. The player continuously launches, and the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold gradually accumulate (a to g), and eventually the special figure 1 variable game hold also changes to the special figure 2 fluctuation. Game holds are also accumulated up to 4 which is the maximum number of holds (h). No advance notice is given between a and h, and at this stage, the player has not acquired any hold for which advance notice has been made. When this happens, the player makes a stop. That is, since the player once digests all the stored suspensions, the player does not drive the game ball into the game area (stopping). Based on the premise of (3) above, the special figure 2 variable game hold is digested in preference to the special figure 1 variable game hold (i to j), and eventually all the hold is consumed (k). During the pending digestion, you have never won a big hit.

  The player continues to stop until all the holdings are exhausted, and when all the holdings are exhausted, the player starts to launch (m). Eventually the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold will again be accumulated up to the maximum hold number of 4 (n), but there is still no advance notice, and at this stage the player I haven't acquired any hold with advance notice. Therefore, the player executes the stop again and digests all the holds (op). Even during the pending digestion here, I have never won a big hit.

  When all the holdings are digested again, the player resumes launching (q), and finally the advance notice regarding the special figure 1 variable game is made, and the player holds the special figure 1 A hold with prior notice is obtained (r).

  Subsequently, the player continues launching (su) in order to acquire the hold for which advance notice has been made during the hold of the special figure 2 variable game. Here, since the second special figure starting port 128 is in an easy-to-win state and the special figure 2 variable game hold is prioritized over the special figure 1 variable game hold, up to four special figures 2 accumulated. When one floating game hold (s) is consumed (t), a winning in the second special figure starting port 128 is accepted and one is added. While such a special figure 2 variable game hold is repeatedly added once it has been exhausted, the advance notice regarding the special figure 2 variable game is finally given. Even in the hold of the variable game, the hold with the advance notice is obtained (u). Thus, the player has acquired the hold for which the advance notice has been made both in the special figure 1 variable game hold and in the special figure 2 variable game hold.

  Eventually, a special figure 2 variable game with a prior notice will be drawn, and a big win will be won (v). When the jackpot game is over, it will be in a short time state, and it will not be able to win the jackpot in the special figure high probability game state for the special drawing 100 times lottery, it will become the normal figure low probability state after the 101st time, the second special figure It is difficult to win a prize at the start port 128. When this happens, the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game begins to be digested, the special figure 1 variable game with a prior notice is drawn, the big win is won, and the big hit game is started again (x).

  In the example described above, a very long stoppage is waited twice (i to k and opp) to wait for the fluctuation of 8 pieces on hold, and the operation rate of the pachinko machine is greatly reduced.

  Then, if advance notice is not given, it may not be the case that stoppage can be suppressed.

  FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating an example of a case where a conventional pachinko machine does not perform a prior notice based on winning in the second special figure starting port 128 in a normal high probability state.

  FIG. 28 also shows the states of the first special figure reservation lamp 199 and the second special figure reservation lamp 118 at the respective timings a to u, as in FIG. Also, the black circles shown in FIG. 28 indicate the big hits, the hatched circles indicate the off hold, and the white circles indicate no hold. In this example, the player knows that no advance notice is given.

  Since the maximum number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold from a to h is the same as in FIG. 27, the description is omitted. Since both the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold are accumulated up to 4 which is the maximum hold number, the hold will not increase any more, so the player will also stop . From the premise of (3) above, the special figure 2 variable game hold is consumed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game hold. Start (i-j). When the special figure 2 variable game hold is exhausted to half, the player starts to launch again, and tries to return the special figure 2 variable game hold to 4 (k to m). The player repeats the stoppage and digests the hold a little (n to o, r to s) and returns the hold to 4 (p to q). At the timing of p, a special figure 2 variable game hold that will be a big hit is obtained, but in this example where no advance notice is given, the player knows that a special figure 2 variable game hold that will be a big hit has been won Next, a stoppage is made and the suspension is digested, so that the special figure 2 variable game which is a big hit is drawn and the big hit game is started (s).

  In this way, even if no advance notice is given, the stoppage is repeated as necessary, and the operating rate of the pachinko machine is lowered.

  In addition, when the big hit game is started, the second special figure starting port 128 becomes difficult to win due to the low probability state from the premise of the above (2), and it becomes difficult to win the second special figure starting port 128. Become. In addition, since the normal variation time is more likely to be selected in the normal low probability state than in the normal high probability state (in this embodiment, a long time is always selected (see FIG. 13)). In the example, at the timing when the jackpot game ends, there is only one special figure 2 variable game hold left (u), and the lottery drawn just before the jackpot end is often changing. If the lottery in the high probability state is not performed immediately, there is a high possibility that the special drawing 1 will be performed. Based on the premise of (5) above, the player wants to win a jackpot with Special Figure 2 rather than a jackpot with Special Figure 1, so the player leaves a large number of special Figure 2 variable games on hold. I want to keep it. In this example, after the jackpot game is over, it always shifts to the ordinary high-probability gaming state. However, such as models that determine the transition to the ordinary high-probability gaming state by lottery, etc. For gaming machines that may not transition to the gaming state, the second special figure starting port 128 is in a difficult-to-win state at the timing when the big hit game is finished. I want to leave as much hold as possible.

  Then, the example in case the pachinko machine of a present Example is a usual high probability state is demonstrated. FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example when the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment is in a normal high probability state.

  Similarly to FIG. 27, FIG. 29 also shows the states of the first special figure reservation lamp 199 and the second special figure reservation lamp 118 at the respective timings a to x. In addition, the black circle shown in FIG. 29 represents a hold that will be a big hit when a prior notice is made, and a circle with fine hatching is a miss but a hold that is made a false advance notice to elevate the player In the figure, a circle with rough hatching represents an off-hold without a false advance notice, and a white circle represents no hold.

  In addition, as described above, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the advance notice or the false advance of the special figure 1 variable game when the second special figure start port 128 is in the easy-to-win state (ordinarily high probability state). The advance notice is performed with a lower notice probability than the advance notice or the false advance notice of the special figure 1 variable game when the second special figure starting port 128 is in a difficult-to-win state (ordinary low probability state) (FIG. 10). (See (a) and FIG. 10 (b), and FIG. 11 (a) and FIG. 11 (b)). The player knows this and recognizes that in this example, which is in the normal high probability state, the advance notice or fake advance notice of the special figure 1 variable game is not performed. In addition, the example shown in FIG. 29 is an example in which the advance notice or the false advance notice of the special figure 1 variable game was not performed. On the other hand, it is recognized that advance notice and fake advance notice of special figure 2 variable games are performed. Therefore, the player has acquired the special figure 1 variable game in which the big hit can be expected among the special figure 1 variable games that are reserved for the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and the four are reserved. The strategy to acquire special figure 1 variable game that can expect a big hit among the special figure 2 variable games that have been given up is given up, and a big hit can be expected in the special figure 2 variable games in which advance notice or fake advance notice is performed Special figure 2 will be devoted to acquiring variable games. It should be noted that the player cannot distinguish between the advance notice and the false advance notice, and proceeds with the game with the expectation that the false advance notice is the advance notice.

  Since the maximum number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold from a to h is the same as in FIG. 27, the description is omitted. The special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold will not increase any more, even if the maximum number of holds is 4, and the player will be able to use the pachinko of this embodiment. The machine 100 is also stopped. From the premise of (3) above, the special figure 2 variable game hold is consumed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game hold. Start (i-j). When the special figure 2 variable game hold is exhausted to half, the player starts to launch again and tries to return the special figure 2 variable game hold to four. At this time, a hold with a false advance notice is obtained (k). After the player expects the fake advance notice to be a prior notice and waits for the lottery result of this reserved special figure 2 variable game, after the reserved special figure 2 variable game is a big hit Think about it. In other words, at the timing when the big hit game ends, as described above, the player wants to keep at least one special figure 2 variable game hold. Therefore, the game is continued so that the big hit game is started in a state where the suspension of the special figure 2 variable game is accumulated up to the maximum number of suspension (k to q). The lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game for which the false advance notice has been made is displayed as a miss (k), and the player notices that the previous notice was the false advance notice. At this stage, the player has not acquired any hold for which advance notice or false advance notice has been made. For this reason, the stoppage is performed to digest the hold a little (r to s), and an attempt is made to repeat returning the hold to four, but here, the hold with the advance notice is obtained (s). During the change display of the special figure 2 variable game for which the advance notice has been made, the player considers the same as described above, and tries to save the hold of the special figure 2 variable game to the maximum number of reservations (u to v ). Eventually, the lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game for which the advance notice has been made is displayed, and the big hit game is started (w).

  In addition, at the timing when the big hit game ends, the special figure 2 variable game hold is accumulated up to the maximum hold number (x).

  Compared with the example of the conventional pachinko machine in FIG. 27 and FIG. 28, it can be seen that in the example of the pachinko machine of this embodiment shown in FIG. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the advance notice and the false advance notice can be used to improve the interest such as making it possible for the player to have a sense of expectation. By changing the notice probability for performing the advance notice according to the situation, it is possible to improve the gameability and maintain the player's willingness to play. Moreover, by making a false advance notice, it is possible to effectively reduce the stoppage while stiring the player's willingness to play. Further, as shown in FIG. 15B, the big hit at the second special figure starting port 128 is more advantageous than the big hit at the first special figure starting port 126 because it is easy to obtain 15R. For this reason, the player tends to acquire more jackpot chances at the second special figure starting port 128 after the jackpot ends than to stop the hit. As a result, stoppage is further reduced.

  In the above description, the case where the second special figure starting port 128 is in the easy-to-win state is regarded as a general high probability state, and the case where the second special figure starting port 128 is in a difficult-to-win state is regarded as a general low probability state. Although explained, it is not limited to this. In other words, if it is intended to suppress the stop hitting, the stop hitting is an action performed when the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 2 is open, and is usually bound by the word “high probability state”. If the second special figure starting port 128 is in a state where it is relatively easy to win, the prior notice probability based on winning to the first special figure starting port 126 and the false prior notice should be relatively lowered. That's fine.

  Here, the supplement about this example is performed.

  In recent game consoles, it is possible not only to start the game and display the result, but also to improve the interest such as making it possible to give the player a sense of expectation during the game, The current situation is that players will soon get bored if they do not have a function that can expand the range of games. In addition to this current situation, in a conventional gaming machine equipped with a game board having a plurality of winning holes, a game ball wins a first winning port or a second winning port among the plurality of winning ports. A winning storage section (holding ball storage section) for storing up to a predetermined number, and lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to a player when the winning storage section stores one or more winning prizes; The lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means when the predetermined notification start condition (the symbol is not changing, etc.), and the second start port A winning probability selecting means (ordinary lottery probability selecting means) for selecting a winning probability for the first winning probability and a second winning probability higher than the first winning probability; The lottery result notifying means is based on winning in the second winning opening. Before the predetermined notification start condition is established on the gaming machine that is controlled so that the lottery result is notified in preference to the lottery result notification based on the winning to the first winning opening. , Simply adding a notice notification control means for controlling the notice to indicate that the lottery result is a specific result at a predetermined notice probability will cause the player to stop and play the game. There is a problem that the operation may be reduced. That is, if a notice notice function is simply added to a gaming machine having special figures 1 and 2 and special figure 2 is preferentially changed, there is a possibility that a stop game will be played. By giving a notice of advance notice, it is possible to effectively raise the player's expectation and enhance the interest of the game. However, the winning probability selecting means selects the second winning probability. In the case where the prize winning selection means has selected the first winning probability, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first winning opening in the case is selected. If the control is performed with the same or higher notice probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the notice, the notice notice effect will give the player a sense of expectation for the big hits after the next change and enhance the player's interest Although it is possible, after storing a predetermined number of game balls having been won in the first winning opening, if the advance notification is not given by the first winning opening, the stored predetermined number of winning Stop to reduce memory After confirming that the notice for the first prize opening has been made by repeating the process, storing up to a predetermined number again, and stopping the game to obtain a big hit by the second prize opening Thus, it is possible to acquire one or more big hits compared to the case where no hitting is performed, and there is a case where the hitting game is performed for that purpose.

  However, according to the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, such a problem can be solved, the interest of the game is not impaired, and a decrease in the operation of the game machine can be prevented.

  Further, in the normal figure high probability state, “average time required for one game ball to enter the second special figure starting opening 128” <“average of one fluctuation cycle (change start to stop display end)” "Time". For this reason, if the stop is not performed, the special figure 2 basically fluctuates.

  In the ordinary low probability state, “average time required for one game ball to enter the second special figure starting port 128” <“average time of one fluctuation cycle (change start to stop display end)” It has become.

  Further, the special figure 1 display symbol update timer and the special figure 2 display symbol update timer may be different for each number of held balls. Further, the reserved ball to be determined may be determined separately for the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. For example, when there is only one hold in FIG. 2 and there are four holds in FIG. 1, the number of holds may be regarded as one and the fluctuation timer in FIG. 2 may be determined. Then, a timer with a longer variation time may be selected as the number of holdings is smaller. As a result, in particular, when the second special figure starting port 128 can win a big hit rather than the first special figure starting port 126, it is possible to prevent the fluctuation in the special figure 1 from being performed as much as possible. Can be created.

  In addition, the normal figure low probability state and the special figure low probability state (normal game state), the normal figure low probability state and the special figure high probability state (hidden probability variation state), the general figure high probability and the special figure low probability state (short-time state) A normal figure high probability state and a special figure high probability state (probability variation state) may be provided.

  The usual high probability state may be terminated when a lottery is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, 100 times). In this case, for example, a preliminary advance notice or a false advance notice may be performed based on a random number of the first special figure starting port 126 that has entered the ball before reaching 100 times after 100 times. In other words, the second start port according to the present invention shifts from the easy to win state to the difficult to win state according to the present invention when the lottery means according to the present invention performs a predetermined number of lotteries. The notice notification means performs notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening before the state of the second starting opening shifts from the winning easy state to the difficult winning state with a predetermined predicting probability. It may be a thing.

  In addition, before the jackpot starts, if you decide to make a jackpot in advance with special figure 1 and make a prior notice or fake advance notice (collectively these are called notice notices), if the jackpot starts with a jackpot other than that jackpot, After the jackpot is over, when the usual high probability state is entered, the advance notice may not be performed.

  When a special drawing high probability state and a special drawing high probability state are included and a specific condition is satisfied (when a specific number of rotations (number of fluctuations) such as 1000 is exceeded before the big hit, or in a predetermined lottery In the case of winning, etc., the advance notice or the false advance notice may be performed in the special figure 1 as well. Although it is not preferable to perform advance notice or fake advance notice in Fig. 1, it may be performed when a specific condition is satisfied in order to create a lump ball. By including the special figure high probability state in the specific condition, it is possible to reduce the stop period. Further, by including that the predetermined number of fluctuations is exceeded in the specific condition, the player's hookup can be remedied. This notice notification includes a notice that suggests the player to stop or launch. If this notification is made, the operation will be reduced due to the stoppage, so the probability of not performing the notice notification in one ordinary figure high probability state> in one ordinary figure high probability state The probability of notifying the previous notice in one normal high probability state, and the probability of not performing the previous notice in one high probability state × 5 Is desirable.

  The starting port may be a gate.

  A big hit is determined when entering the first special figure starting port 126, and if it is a big hit, a big hit signal may be output from an external information terminal board such as the information output circuit 334 shown in FIG. In this way, a random number is obtained by entering the first special figure starting port 126, and while the random number is stored until the start of fluctuation, the value of the random number is illegally rewritten to generate a jackpot Even if it is made, it is possible to know that it is a big hit by rewriting of a random random number because no big hit signal is outputted from the external information terminal board. In addition, it is not restricted to an external information terminal board, You may alert | report by a predetermined alerting | reporting means.

  As described above, the embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko machine (bullet ball game machine) has been described in detail. However, the game table of the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a medal or a game ball (pachinko ball) The present invention can also be applied to a spinning machine (slot machine) using. Further, the present invention may be applied to an arrange ball game machine, a ball ball game machine, and a pinball machine. In addition, the present invention is a gaming machine (for example, a casino machine, a video game machine, an encapsulated pachinko gaming machine) that can be played with the input of gaming media, and a gaming machine that uses the gaming media itself for gaming (for example, It may be applied to a medal dropping game machine). Here, “inserting game media” means “betting”, and “bet” is also agreed. “Input of game media” includes “input of currency” and “input of electronic money”. A casino machine is a casino where the game can be started by inserting a currency, and when the lottery result is a win, the symbol set in association with the corresponding selection result stops and the player pays out as a bonus. Machine.

  Next, a modified example of the present invention will be described.

Modification examples of the present invention described below (hereinafter simply referred to as modification examples)
“In a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section storing up to a predetermined number of game balls won at the starting opening, and the winning storage section stores one or more winning prizes, A lottery means for drawing the amount of profit to be given, a lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and a result that the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result The present invention relates to a “game table including notice information means for performing notice information including notice information that makes a player expect that the information is a predetermined notice probability”.

In addition, although the example of a change demonstrated here is not restricted to the example which changed the said Example 1, what can be applied to Example 1 shall be applicable. In particular, the word “applicable to the first embodiment” is attached to what is desired to be applied to the first embodiment. However, this indicates carefully that the present invention can be applied to the first embodiment. The absence of this does not mean that it cannot be applied to the first embodiment.
(Modification 1)
In the first modification, the notice for the lottery of the special figure 1 based on the case where the first special figure starting port 126 is won during the usual high probability state is performed when the normal figure low probability state is entered. Yes, it is applicable to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  The first modification is intended to provide a notice for the suspension of the special figure 1 after the usual high probability state is ended while preventing the stoppage shown in the first embodiment.

  FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating the timing of the notice effect and the false notice effect in the first modification. The horizontal axis of FIG. 30 shows a series of game flows, and the vertical axis shows the contents of processing executed during the flow.

  When FIG. 30 is described along the flow of the game, when the jackpot game is completed and the time of 100 times is set, a normal probability state is set (this is set in S213 or S214 in FIG. 6). .

  Next, a prize is awarded to the second special figure starting port (a). Then, the false notice effect is won and the false notice effect information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  Next, the first special figure starting port is won (b). And it wins a false notice effect. In this case, unlike the first embodiment, even if the false notice effect is won, the false notice effect winning information is not transmitted to the sub-control unit 400, and the notice information is temporarily stored in the notice information temporary storage unit provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 304. Store information.

  Next, the first special figure starting port is won (c). And we win the notice effect. In this case, unlike the first embodiment, even when the announcement effect is won, the announcement effect winning information is not transmitted to the sub-control unit 400, and the false announcement information is stored in the announcement information temporary storage unit provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. Remember.

  Next, the number of time reductions is zero. When the number of times is zero, the normal high probability state is changed to the normal low probability state (see S213 or S214 in FIG. 6). At this time, the CPU 304 transmits information stored in the preliminary information temporary storage unit to the sub-control unit 400. Thereafter, as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the sub-control unit 400 executes the notice effect.

  In the case of winning the false notice effect when winning at the first special figure starting port during the normal game, the notice information is not stored in the notice information temporary storage unit, and the false advance notice information is transmitted as information for transmission as in the first embodiment. Are overwritten and transmitted (S1115 in FIG. 7 and S218 in FIG. 6).

  In this modified example, unlike the first embodiment, the notice probability of the lottery notice based on the first special figure start opening prize during the high figure probability and the special figure 1 start place prize during the low figure probability are shown. The same lottery table may be used because it is not necessary to change the notice probability of the lottery notice based on the lottery.

  Thus, “a game having a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult to win state. In the table, a winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and stores up to a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port; In the case where there is one or more winning memories stored in the winning memory unit, a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player, and a lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, A lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the starting port of 2 in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the first starting port; and the lottery result Before the notification, the lottery result is A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that causes the player to expect a favorable result at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit has the second winning opening in the easy-to-win state. In such a case, it is controlled so that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening is performed when the second winning opening becomes the winning difficulty state. Therefore, it is possible to provide a game stand that prevents the stoppage and enhances the fun of the game.

  Further, “the notice notifying means controls so that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening is not performed when the second winning opening is in the winning easy state. In some cases, the lottery processing program can be simplified.

  Further, “the advance notice unit notifies the advance notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second start opening when the second winning opening is in the easy winning state. Is characterized in that it is controlled so as to be performed even in the case where the player is in the easy-to-win state. ”

  In addition, “the notice notifying means performs a notice lottery to determine whether or not the notice notice is given when a game ball wins at the first starting opening, and the second winning opening is in the easy winning state. A preliminary lottery result storage unit for storing a lottery result of the preliminary lottery, and the preliminary notice unit is configured so that the winning probability selection unit is configured so that the second prize opening can be easily won from the difficult to win state. When it becomes a state, based on the memory of the notice lottery result storage unit, it is controlled to notify the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the game ball at the first starting port. In some cases, the lottery processing program can be simplified.

  Further, on the condition that the lottery means has acquired the specific lottery result, easy change means for changing the second winning opening from the difficult to win state to the easy to win state, The control means is arranged in the first start port while the easy change means changes the second winning opening from the difficult winning state to the easy winning state after the lottery means acquires the specific lottery result. It is characterized in that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the game ball is controlled so as to be performed when the second prize opening becomes the prize difficult state ”. In addition to the probability, it is possible to surely prevent the stop-hit game by not performing the period from the acquisition of the jackpot lottery random number that confirms the transition in the normal high probability until the normal high probability ends. it can. More specifically, it is possible to avoid being stopped in order to digest the suspension of the special figure 1 when there is no prior notice at the time of starting the usual figure after the end of the jackpot. The notice notification control means indicates that the specific lottery result indicates that the easy change means does not change the second winning opening from the difficult to win state to the easy to win state and that the special gaming state is triggered. If the result is a lottery result, the control may be performed so that a notice is given even when the winning state is easy.

  Further, “a first control unit (main control unit) including the lottery unit and the advance notice unit, and a second control unit different from the first control unit, the advance notice unit. A second control unit (sub-control unit) including a notice effect execution means for receiving a notice notice command which is a notice notice execution command output by the control unit and executes the notice notice. In the case where the second winning opening is in the easy-to-win state, the notice notification command is not transmitted to the second control unit, and the second winning opening is in the difficult-to-win state. In this case, the notice notification command may be transmitted to the second control unit ”. A configuration is also possible in which the notification information is transmitted to the sub-control unit, and the sub-control unit stores the notice information, and the notice is notified at the end of the time reduction. When read, it may not be output from the main control unit because the profit may be obtained illegally by performing the stopping attack strategy described in the first embodiment.

  In addition, the second control unit includes, in addition to the notice notification, an effect notification means for performing an effect notification that enhances the fun of the game, wherein the effect notification means is configured such that the second prize opening is the winning prize. In the easy state, as the effect notification, the advance notification means performs notification that is continuous with the advance notification performed when the second prize opening is in the difficult-to-win state. Thus, continuous notification can be performed from the high probability of ordinary figure to the advance notice in the low probability state after completion of the ordinary probability of ordinary figure. In this case, notifications during high-probability high-probability and low-probability notifications after the completion of high-probability high-probability are continuous. The notice during the low probability after the end of the high probability is a notice notice. In addition, at the time of performing notification during the high figure probability, the sub-control unit 400 does not know whether or not to give a notice when the normal figure low probability state changes to the normal figure low probability state. You may make it perform alerting | reporting followed by the alerting notification performed after completion | finish of the figure high probability. In addition, a plurality of patterns are provided for the notice notification that is executed after the end of the high probability of the usual figure, and the notice information that is executed after the end of the high probability of the figure is based on the notice that is notified during the high probability of the usual figure, You may make it select.

In addition, “notification of a lottery result of a lottery based on a winning to the first starting port when the second winning port is in the easy-to-win state, the second winning port is a lottery of the lottery means `` It is characterized by controlling so that it will not be performed when it becomes difficult to win due to the special gaming state when the result is a specific result '', so that it becomes a low probability state It is possible to exclude the big hit from the conditions.
(Modification 2)
In addition to simply starting the game and displaying the results, it has become possible to improve the interest by making the player have a sense of expectation in the middle of the game, but the range of games can be expanded Aside from the fear that the player will soon get bored if the player does not have a special function, the conventional game stand makes an advantageous decision about the right to change the symbol before starting the change display. When it is determined that a game state is to be generated, the range of game play has been expanded by changing the variation time of the variation display before the symbol variation based on the right. However, when changing the variation time based on the result of the determination of success / failure in advance, it becomes possible to increase the number of success / failure lottery more than before, so the number of hits will naturally increase, There was a problem that gambling was increased. However, when a notice is given without changing the variation time based on the result of the determination as to whether or not it has been made in advance, the last variation display of the continuous variation display may not be a long variation time. In this case, there is a possibility that the notice effect of the notice in the continuous variable display is lowered, and the interest of the player is lowered. The modified example 2 solves this problem and can be applied to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  That is, “when a game ball enters the predetermined start port, the display of the variation of the symbol over the variation time of at least one of the first variation time and the second variation time shorter than the first variation time is started. A predetermined symbol display means, and when the symbol mode stopped by the symbol display means is the first specific symbol mode, the first special gaming state advantageous to the player is started and the symbol display means stops the display. Special game state starting means for starting a second special game state that is hardly advantageous to the player when the aspect is the second specific symbol aspect, wherein the symbol display means is the first specific symbol aspect or the first 2 When a specific symbol pattern is stopped and displayed after variable display, it is suggested that the symbol display means is highly likely to stop display the first specific symbol pattern in a plurality of variable displays with the variable display last. By performing notification notification and performing the variation display over the first variation time ”, when performing multiple notifications, the last variation display is displayed with a long variation time (first variation time). )It can be carried out. Or, compared with the case where the last variation display is a short variation time (second variation time), it is possible to prevent the effect of the announcement notification from being lowered, and it is possible to prevent the player from being less interested. Alternatively, since the advance notice is given, the player can recognize that the first special game state or the second special game state, which is hardly advantageous, is started. The player can be interested in whether or not the state is started, and the interest of the player can be improved. In addition, by starting the second special gaming state that is not advantageous at the end of the continuous notice, which is hardly advantageous, it is possible to give the player the feeling that it is better than the lose, and the fun of the game is reduced. Can be prevented (disappointing and reducing the degree). In addition, the “second special game state that is hardly advantageous” here means the 2R normal jackpot or the jackpot (in the case of the jackpot lottery, the lottery is drawn from the jackpot, the jackpot or lose) In this case, the attacker opens only for 1R and does not shift to the normal figure high probability state or the special figure high probability state).

  Further, “if there is a variation display of the first variation time before the variation display of the second variation time among the plurality of variation displays, the second variation time in the variation display of the first variation time. In the case where the notice is given when a short fluctuation display is performed after a long fluctuation display, the warning information is provided at an interval not exceeding the second fluctuation time with a long fluctuation display. Since the advance notice is performed, the player can be made aware of the relevance (continuity) with the previous advance notice when the advance notice is given in the short variation display after the end of the long variation display. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the notice effect of the notice notification from being lowered, and to prevent the player's interest from being lowered.

  In addition, “when the variation time of the first variation display among the plurality of variation displays is shorter than the first variation time, the notice notification is performed”, so that the first variation time is long. When there is no (short) notice notification is started, the last variation time is set to a longer variation time than the first, so the effect of continuous notice notification can be enhanced and the player's interest can be improved. it can.

  In addition, since the notice notification includes a temporary stop display of a symbol different from the symbol stop display, the notice notification is a temporary stop display. The display to be performed is performed a plurality of times. In addition, since the temporary stop display is performed a plurality of times in the long variation display, the preliminary stop display and the stop display can be performed in advance, and the effect of the advance notification can be enhanced. The interest of the player can be improved.

  Further, “in any one of the continuous variation displays of the plurality of variation displays, at least after a third variation time shorter than the second variation time has elapsed since the previous notification in the previous variation display ended. , Characterized in that the advance notice is given in the next fluctuation display ”, so that the advance notice is not given at least for the third change time between the advance notice and the notice notice. It is possible to prevent the production from becoming monotonous and improve the interest of the player.

  In addition, “the special gaming state start means starts a third special gaming state advantageous to the player, with at least one of the conditions being the end of the second special gaming state”. Since the third special game state advantageous to the player may be started after the end of the second special game state, even if the player starts the second special game state after notification of the advance notice, A game can be played with the expectation that a gaming state may be started. In addition, when the third special gaming state is a state that is difficult for the player to discriminate, it is possible to cause the player to predict whether or not it is the third special gaming state even after the second special gaming state has ended. , The interest of the player can be improved.

  In addition, “the second specific symbol aspect includes a first symbol aspect and a second symbol aspect, and a variation display variation time when the first symbol aspect is stopped and displayed is the first variation time. Yes, the variation display variation time when the second symbol mode is stopped and displayed is the second variation time, and the variation display variation time for starting the third special gaming state is the second variation time. Whether or not the first special gaming state is entered when the last of the plurality of variable displays with a notice is the first variable time variable display. If the second special gaming state is started after the variation display of the second variation time, it can be expected whether or not the third special gaming state is entered.

  In addition, “If the symbol display means does not stop display the first specific symbol mode or the second specific symbol mode after the variable display, whether the notice is to be given in a plurality of variable displays including the variable display at the end. By providing the failure notice notification determining means for determining whether or not ”, the notice notification can be performed even in the case of a loss, so that the production can be made more diverse.

  In addition, “when the symbol display means stops displaying the first specific symbol aspect or the second specific symbol aspect after the variable display, whether the notice of notice is performed in a plurality of variable displays including the variable display at the end. There may be provided a notice notification determination means for determining whether or not the notice notification determination means does not perform the determination while the notice notification is being performed.

  Further, “the predetermined symbol display means includes a first symbol display means and a second symbol display means, and one of the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means is the first specific symbol mode or When the second specific symbol form is stopped and displayed after the fluctuation display, in the other variable display of the first symbol display means or the second symbol display means, the one stops and displays the first specific symbol aspect. It may be characterized in that a notice to notify that there is a high possibility is given, and the possibility that the second specific symbol form is stopped and displayed is different between the one and the other.

In addition, “a plurality of variable winning holes that can be changed between an open state in which a game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter are provided. One of the plurality of variable winning awards is opened in a predetermined manner during the state or the second special game state, and the plurality of variable during the first special game state or the second special game state where the advance notice is not performed. It may be characterized in that the other winning opening is opened in a predetermined manner.
(Modification 3)
The modification example 3 has “a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult to win state. In the game stand, a winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port; The lottery means for drawing the profit amount to be given to the player when the winning memory unit has one or more winning memories, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port, and the lottery result Before informing the player of the lottery result A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that causes the player to expect a favorable result at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is based on winning in the first starting opening When the second prize opening is in the winning state and the predetermined notification condition is not satisfied, the second prize opening is in the easy winning state and the predetermined notification condition. It is characterized in that the control is performed so that the case where is established is performed with a higher notice probability ”. This is also applicable to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

The predetermined condition includes, for example, “a winning difficulty transition means that shifts from the easy winning state to the difficult winning state when the lottery means a lottery a predetermined number of times, and the predetermined condition is determined by the difficult winning transition means. The remaining number of times until the transition to the transition from the winning easy state to the difficult winning state may be a predetermined number. Even if the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port is notified when the usual high probability state is about to end, the stop-stop game is not performed compared to the case where it is not just before. It is. Further, for example, “it includes a difficult-to-winner transition unit that shifts from the easy-to-win state to the difficult-to-win state when the lottery unit has drawn a predetermined number of times. The remaining number of times until the transition from the state to the difficult-to-win state is a predetermined number, and the reserved number of the second start port is a predetermined number. For example, if the remaining number of times until the transition to the low-probability state is 2 and the number of holdings of special figure 2 is 4, when the lottery is made, This is because there is no problem because it is usually in a low probability state. It is difficult to indicate an absolute expression because the expression differs depending on the procedure of the process. However, “the predetermined condition is that the notice notification means starts from the notice notification and shifts to the winning difficult state. It may be on condition that the first start opening is not lottery ”. In this way, it is not possible to digest the suspension of the special figure 1 by making a stop hit, so that it is not possible to obtain a double jackpot, and it is possible to reduce the number of players who make a stop hit.
(Modification 4)
In addition to simply starting the game and displaying the results, it has become possible to improve the interest by making the player have a sense of expectation in the middle of the game, but the range of games can be expanded Aside from the fear that the player will soon get bored if the player does not have a special function, the conventional game stand makes an advantageous decision about the right to change the symbol before starting the change display. When it is determined that a game state is to be generated, the range of game play has been expanded by changing the variation time of the variation display before the symbol variation based on the right. However, when changing the variation time based on the result of the determination of success / failure in advance, it becomes possible to increase the number of success / failure lottery more than before, so the number of hits will naturally increase, There was a problem that gambling was increased. However, when a notice is given without changing the fluctuation time based on the result of the determination of whether or not the user has made a decision in advance, a long fluctuation time such as 40 seconds may be selected during the continuous notice effect. There is a risk that the continuity of the production will be impaired, the production effect will be reduced, and the interest of the player will be reduced. For this reason, rather than continuous notice to try to notify the jackpot over multiple special drawing lottery, pseudo-continuous that makes one special drawing lottery appear as if there were multiple special drawing lotteries and enhances the fun of the game It is conceivable that the advance notice makes it easier to adjust the time because the variable time can be determined after the lottery, and that it is easier to improve the interest of the player. However, the pseudo-continuous notice makes one special figure change look like multiple special figure changes, so the special figure change time per unit time becomes longer and the operation of the amusement store may be reduced. There's a problem. The modified example 4 solves this problem and can be applied to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  That is, “in a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing up to a predetermined number of game balls won at the starting opening, and at least one winning storage in the winning storage section, A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying unit for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result. A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is a predetermined result at a predetermined notice probability, and the lottery result notifying unit is configured to display a result of one lottery performed by the lottery means. The pseudo-notice lottery result notification is made to make the notification appear as if the lottery result has been notified a plurality of times. It is possible to change the place where the previous pseudo-sequential notice was made 5 times to 1 notice effect + 4 pseudo-sequential notices, etc., and the special drawing lottery time per unit time can be changed. It may be possible to decrease and increase the operation of the amusement store.

  In addition, “the notice notification means performs the notice of other lottery results performed before notifying the lottery result that the lottery result is the notice notice, and the lottery result notice means displays the lottery result. Control may be performed so that the pseudo continuous lottery notification is performed when informing. Specifically, if there is a hold for notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning prize that triggered the advance notice, the notice of the lottery result for the hold will be notified. For example, it is possible to provide a notification that the degree of expectation is high if the stop symbol is a predetermined symbol, or that the degree of expectation is high if the stop mode is a predetermined mode.

  In addition, the “notice notification unit is characterized by performing a notification to notify the part of the pseudo continuous lottery notification performed by the lottery result notification unit”, thereby reducing the special drawing lottery time per unit time. Can be made. For example, “5” is displayed in the notice effect, and “4”, “3”, “2”, “1”, and “big hit!” Are displayed in the pseudo continuous lottery notification. By making it a part, the special drawing lottery time per unit time can be reduced.

  In addition, “the lottery result notifying unit starts notifying the lottery result as the pseudo continuous lottery result notification, and performs false end notification and false start notification of the lottery result once or more until the lottery result notification ends. At the same time, a pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice for emphasizing that the false end notice or the false start notice has been performed is performed, and the notice notice means is performed before notifying the lottery result for which the notice notice is to be performed. It may be characterized in that a notification related to the false start notification is performed when starting the notification of another lottery result ”. To give a specific example, when there are three special drawings on hold and a notice is given for the third lottery, the second decorative symbol starts to change after the first decorative symbol ends. When this is done, “another time!” Is notified as a notification related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notification. When the third decorative symbol starts to fluctuate after the second decorative symbol has finished changing, the message “again, once again!” Is notified. The third variation of the decorative symbol is a big hit (or small hit), so it is easier to select a longer variation time than the loss (40 seconds here), and the third variation when a long variation time is selected. The variation of the decorative pattern is more likely to be a pseudo-continuous notice if the notice effect is executed in advance than when the notice effect is not executed in advance. When the pseudo continuous notice is selected, a false end notification (such as a temporary stop of the symbol) is performed upon the third decorative symbol change, and then a false start notification (revariation of the symbol) is performed. "Time!" Furthermore, when a false start notification is made via a false end notification, the notification is “It is the fourth time!”. Furthermore, when a false start notification is made via a false end notification, the notification is “5th! This is amazing!”. After that, the special symbol stops displaying the jackpot, and the decorative symbol also displays the symbol combination indicating the jackpot. Note that “the notice notification means provides a notice when the notice of the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given, when the notice result of the lottery is the first time, In the case where the notification is made at any one of the second times longer than the time, the first time may be characterized in that the notification probability of making the notification notification is higher than the second time. This is because, when a long variation time is selected, the continuity as the pseudo continuous notice is lost, and therefore it is desirable to notify the lottery result different from the continuous notice. In addition, when the second time is selected, it is not necessary to give any notice.

  In addition, “the lottery result notifying unit starts notifying the lottery result as the pseudo continuous lottery result notification, and performs false end notification and false start notification of the lottery result once or more until the lottery result notification ends. At the same time, a pseudo-continuous notice emphasis notice for emphasizing that the false end notice and the false start notice are performed is performed, and the notice notice means is performed before notifying the lottery result for which the notice notice is to be performed. When the other lottery results are terminated, a notification related to the false start notification may be performed ”. When a specific example is given, there are three special figure holds, and when the notice for the third lottery is given, it is related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice when the variation of the first decorative symbol is finished. As a notification, the shielding member is completely shielded once. Then, after the second decorative symbol starts to fluctuate and the second decorative symbol ends to fluctuate, the shielding member is fully shielded twice as a notification related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notification (after the first full shielding, 1 Open all times and shield all, and the same manner in the case of 3 times and 4 times). Then, the third decorative symbol starts to fluctuate. The third variation of the decorative pattern is a big hit (or small hit), so it is easier to select a longer fluctuation time than in the case of a loss (40 seconds here). The third variation of the decorative symbol is more likely to be a pseudo continuous notice if the notice effect is executed in advance than the case where the notice effect is not executed in advance. When the pseudo continuous notice is selected, the shielding member is fully shielded three times as a pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice when a false end notice (temporary stop of the decorative figure, etc.) is given when the third decorative symbol changes. After that, false start notification (re-decoration of decoration symbol) is performed, and when false end notification is performed, false start notification covering all four times of the shielding member is performed as pseudo continuous advance notice emphasis notification, and the jackpot is stopped and displayed. Along with this, the decorative symbol also displays a symbol combination indicating a big hit.

  Note that “the notice notification means provides a notice when the notice of the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given, when the notice result of the lottery is the first time, In the case where the notification is made at any one of the second times longer than the time, the first time may be characterized in that the notification probability of making the notification notification is higher than the second time. This is because, when a long variation time is selected, the continuity as the pseudo continuous notice is lost, and therefore it is desirable to notify the lottery result different from the continuous notice. In addition, when the second time is selected, it is not necessary to give any notice.

  In addition, the “notice notification means provides a notice when the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given is notified, and when the lottery result notification time is the first time, When the second time is longer than the time, and when the second time is selected, the lottery result notifying means starts to notify the previous lottery result as the notice, and the lottery Notification of fake end and false start of one or more lottery results before the notification of the result is finished, and false end of the previous lottery result after starting notification of the previous lottery result It is characterized in that the time until notification is longer than the time from notification of false start of the previous lottery result until the end of notification of the previous lottery result ” May be. Specifically, a notification with a long variation time (such as reach) is performed, a false termination notification (a notification indicating that the reach result has been lost) is performed for a reach with a long variation time, and a notification with a short variation time (no reach). (Normal fluctuation) is falsely started, notification with a short fluctuation time (notification indicating that the normal fluctuation without reach has been lost) is performed, and then pseudo continuous notice is notified as notification of the next lottery result. In addition, the false end notification and false start notification during the previous notification when the previous lottery result is notified are related to the false end notification and the false start notification of the lottery result for which pseudo continuous notification is performed. Is desirable. Thereby, even when a long variation time is selected when notifying the previous lottery result, it is possible to perform notification while maintaining pseudo-continuous notice and continuity. The reach may be a super-reach with a high degree of expectation in which the character plays an active role after the reach or the direction and speed of the pattern change is irregular.

Moreover, although it was 1 previous, it is the same also in 2 previous and 3 previous.
(Modification 5)
Conventionally, when a game ball wins, a random number for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player has been acquired. This is because it is not possible to give the player a sense of fairness unless the random amount for the lottery is given by a game ball winning (for example, after the game ball has won a prize) If a random number is not acquired until the lottery is started, the player may feel as if the random number has been operated in the previous lottery result notification time until the lottery). On the other hand, a random number for drawing the notification time for notifying the lottery result, or a random number for drawing a lottery symbol to be displayed when a plurality of losing symbols are provided, is provided to the player. There is no direct relationship with the amount, and if these random numbers are also acquired at the time of winning a prize, there is a concern that the processing load at the time of winning will increase, so that it is acquired at the time of lottery instead of at the time of winning.

  Here, due to the nature of the notice that the lottery result is expected to be advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result, the notice notification start determination is made by notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the start opening prize. It could not be done at the start, but it was most efficient to do it at the time of winning a random number for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player. However, in this case, since the notification time of the winning lottery result that triggered the advance notice is not known at the time of winning, the end of the advance notice (that is, when the lottery result of the lottery that triggered the advance notice is notified) ) May be a short lottery result notification time, and if the player's expectation is only spoken and the lottery result notification time is short, such as 3 seconds or 4 seconds, the player is false There was a risk that the excitement time of the game would be reduced because the time for excitement by the notice notice was reduced.

  Modified example 5 makes it possible to set a specific (particularly long) notification time for the winning lottery result that triggered the notification of the continuous notice (including false continuous notice) when winning at the starting gate. On the other hand, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can prevent an increase in the number of random numbers acquired at the time of winning and can reduce the processing load at the time of winning.

  Here, since the type of random numbers and the acquisition timing of random numbers acquired at the time of winning and lottery are different from those of the first embodiment, the type of random numbers and the acquisition timing of random numbers of this modification will be described in detail again.

  In this example, there are five jackpot lottery random number counters, jackpot symbol lottery random number counters, small lottery symbol lottery random number counters, lost symbol lottery random number counters, and symbol variation lottery random number counters. Random numbers for different purposes are counted.

  The jackpot lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the jackpot lottery random number value acquired from the hard random number counter based on the fact that the game ball has won the winning slot. The jackpot lottery random value is a lottery lottery for the special figure like the special figure winning random number value of the first embodiment, but in this modified example, in addition to the jackpot and lose, There are some differences. The acquired random number for jackpot lottery is drawn at the time of the lottery, and based on the lottery result, a process based on the jackpot, the jackpot or lose is performed. The jackpot and the loss are the same as in the first embodiment, but the jackpot is not described in the first embodiment and will be described. The difference between jackpot and jackpot is that there is a possibility that it will shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of operation, and that a jackpot will not shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of operation. Can be mentioned. Moreover, it is a big hit to divide the attacker into multiple sets, and a small hit to release one set of the attacker. The random number for jackpot lottery is a random value directly related to the amount of profit given to the player.

  The jackpot symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the jackpot symbol lottery random number value acquired from the soft random number counter based on the winning of the game ball in the winning slot. The jackpot symbol lottery random number value is similar to the special figure random number value of the first embodiment as an effect, but differs in small points. First, the jackpot symbol random number for lottery is acquired every time the game ball wins, but is not used when the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning does not win. When it is a big win, it is used to draw a symbol stop mode for notifying that the lottery result is a big win. In FIG. 3 of the first embodiment, the stop symbol is different between the jackpot symbol and the special jackpot symbol. However, the random symbol value for differentiating the stop symbol is used as the random symbol value for jackpot symbol lottery. Based on this stop symbol, the jackpot (does not shift to the special figure high probability state) and the special jackpot (shifts to the special figure high probability state) are determined, so the random number for the symbol lottery is the jackpot after the jackpot decision The effect is similar to that of the special figure random number value of the first embodiment in that a lottery for lottering the amount of profit given by is drawn. In this modified example, 2R jackpot (with time), 2R jackpot (without time), 15R jackpot (with time), 15R jackpot (without time), 2R special jackpot (with time), 2R special jackpot Whether or not the lottery is selected based on the random number counter for jackpot symbol lottery from any of 15R special jackpot (with time), 15R special jackpot (without time), and whether or not the lottery result shifts to the normal high probability state Whether to shift to the special figure high probability state and the number of rounds are determined. In addition, even if it is a different symbol, there may be a symbol with the same profit amount to be given to the player (for example, there may be a plurality of symbols with a 2R jackpot and time reduction). Note that the jackpot symbol lottery random value is a random value directly related to the amount of profit given to the player.

  The small-hit symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the random number value for small-hit symbol lottery acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the game ball has won a winning opening. First, the random number value for the lottery symbol lottery is acquired every time the game ball wins, but is not used when the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning is not small. When it is a small win, it is used to draw a symbol stop mode for notifying that the lottery result is a small win. Then, based on the stop symbol selected by the lottery, small hit A (one open count, two open times), small hit B (two open times, two open times) or small hit C (three open times) , Release time 1 second) is displayed, and the attacker release time and the number of releases are set based on the display result. In addition, even if it is a different design, the profit amount given to the player may be the same. Note that the random number for lottery symbol lottery is a random value directly related to the profit amount to be given to the player.

  The lost symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the random symbol value for the lost symbol lottery acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the lottery based on the winning is performed. First, the random number value for the lottery symbol lottery is acquired when the lottery result is a loss, and is used to select which symbol for displaying the notification that the lottery result is a loss. is there. Note that even if there are multiple losing symbols, any losing symbol does not directly affect the amount of profits given to the player, so the losing symbol lottery random value is not directly related to the amount of profits given to the player. It is a random value.

  The symbol variation lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the symbol variation lottery random number value acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the lottery based on the winning is performed. First, the symbol variation lottery random value is acquired regardless of the lottery result. Based on this symbol variation random value, the lottery result notification time, which is the time for notifying the lottery result, is determined, and the lottery result is stopped and displayed after the lottery result notification time has elapsed. The random value is not directly related to the profit amount to be given to the player.

  Hereinafter, the features that are the features of the present invention in this modified example will be described.

  In this modified example, the lottery result notification time lottery based on the symbol variation lottery random value is based on the lottery result notification time lottery table selected for each symbol notified as the lottery result and the symbol variation lottery random value. It is determined. As the lottery result notification time lottery table, different lottery tables are prepared for each stop symbol. That is, 2R jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 2R jackpot (without time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 15R jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 15R jackpot (without time reduction) Lottery result notification time lottery table, 2R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, 2R special jackpot (without time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, 15R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time Lottery table, lottery result notification time lottery table for 15R special jackpot (no short time), lottery result notification time lottery table for small hits A (one open count, open time 2 seconds), small hit B (two open times, open) Time 2 seconds) lottery result notification time lottery table, small hits C (opening times 3 times, opening time 1 second) Lottery results notification time lottery table and the loss for the lottery result notification time lottery table is prepared. In addition, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is a predetermined number (3 or more in the present modification example), a lottery result notification time is selected which is shorter than the case where the number is less than the predetermined number (less than 3 in the present modification example). In addition, the following lottery result table is prepared for easy (shortening of fluctuation time). That is, a lottery result announcement time lottery table for variable time reduction 2R jackpot (with time reduction), a lottery result announcement time lottery table for fluctuation time reduction 2R jackpot (no time reduction), a lottery result announcement time for fluctuation time reduction 15R jackpot (with time reduction) Lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R jackpot (no time) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 2R special jackpot (with time) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation shortening 2R special jackpot (no time reduction) lottery Result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R special jackpot (no time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening small hitting A (open) Number of times, opening time 2 seconds) lottery result notification time lottery table, fluctuation Lottery result notification time lottery table for short shortening small hit B (2 times of opening, opening time 2 seconds), lottery result notification time lottery table for short shortening small hit C (3 times of opening, opening time 1 second) and fluctuation A lottery result notification lottery table for time-shortening lost is prepared.

  In addition, as a feature of the present invention, in the lottery of the lottery result notification time based on the symbol variation lottery random value when the lose is won in the jackpot lottery, it was a predetermined value with reference to the random number for the jackpot symbol lottery In this case, a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected. A lottery result notification time lottery table may be selected in which a longer lottery result notification time is more easily selected.

  The lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening is when the acquired jackpot lottery random number value is lost and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number value is a predetermined value. In addition, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than when the acquired jackpot lottery random number value is lost and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number value is not a predetermined value (predetermined If it is the value of 100%, it may be 0% if it is a predetermined value).

  In addition, as a feature of the present invention, when a lottery is won in the big hit lottery, the lottery result notification time lottery based on the random number value of the symbol change lottery is a predetermined value with reference to the value for the lottery symbol lottery. If a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected, a lottery result notification time lottery when it is not a predetermined value You may make it select the lottery result alerting | reporting time lottery table which is easy to select the lottery result alerting | reporting time longer than a table.

  Then, in the lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening, the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is lost, and the value of the acquired small bonus symbol lottery is a predetermined value In this case, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than the case where the acquired value of the big hit lottery random number is lost and the acquired value of the random number for lottery symbol lotion is not a predetermined value. (If it is a predetermined value, it may be 100%, and if it is a predetermined value, it may be 0%).

  In addition, as a feature of the present invention, when the lottery result lottery random number value based on the symbol variation lottery random value is won in the jackpot lottery, the lottery result lottery random number value is referred to the random number value for the jackpot symbol lottery and the predetermined value is obtained. If a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected, a lottery result notification time lottery when it is not a predetermined value You may make it select the lottery result alerting | reporting time lottery table which is easy to select the lottery result alerting | reporting time longer than a table.

  And, the lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening, the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a small hit, and the value of the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number is a predetermined value In this case, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than the case where the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a small hit and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number is not a predetermined value. (If it is a predetermined value, it may be 100%, and if it is a predetermined value, it may be 0%).

  Thus, “in a game machine having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of winning game balls at the starting opening, and at least one winning storage in the winning storage section. A lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and before the lottery result is notified, Notice information including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability, and a lottery result notice time for lottery of the lottery result notice lottery performed by the lottery means Lottery means, and the lottery result notification time lottery means has a longer time when the random number acquired when the game ball wins at the start opening is a predetermined value than when it is not a predetermined value. When notifying lottery results Is provided so that the probability of selecting is increased, and the notice notification means, when the random number acquired when the starting game ball wins is a predetermined value, than the case where the random number is not a predetermined value It is characterized by the fact that it is provided so that the notice probability of the notice notice is high ”, so that when winning at the starting gate, the winning lottery result that triggered the notice of the continuous notice (including false continuous notice) A game machine capable of reducing the processing load at the time of winning by preventing the increase in the number of random numbers acquired at the time of winning while making it possible to make the notification time of a particular thing (especially long) It is intended to provide.

  Further, “the lottery result notification time lottery means may be characterized in that super-reach is easily performed when the long time lottery result notification time is selected”. As a result, the end of the continuous notice can be ended with super reach, and the interest of the player's game is not reduced.

  In addition, “the random number value acquired when the game ball wins the start opening has a first random number value and a second random number value, and the lottery means uses the first random number value. If the lottery result of the first profit amount to be given to the player is determined and the lottery result of the first profit amount is a predetermined lottery result, the second profit amount is calculated using the second random number value. The lottery result notification time lottery means sets the second random number value as the predetermined value when the lottery result of the first profit amount performed by the lottery means is not a predetermined lottery result. , Characterized by selecting the lottery result notification time ”, which is not directly related to the lottery result, but by selecting the lottery result notification time using the random value acquired at the time of winning a prize, Unevenness can be prevented.

  In addition, “the first random number value and the second random number value may be random values for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player”. Thereby, the last of continuous notice can be ended by the lottery result information time of a long time using the random number value which should be acquired at the time of winning a prize. The first random number value and the second random number value are random numbers for drawing whether or not to shift to the special figure high probability state after the jackpot ends, and shift to the common figure high probability state after the jackpot ends. It may be a random value for drawing whether or not, a random value for drawing lottery profit (number of rounds), and the like. In addition, random number value for drawing how many special drawing lotteries will be maintained until the special figure high probability state is transferred, and how many special maps are transferred to the normal figure high probability state It may be a random value for drawing whether or not the usual high probability state is maintained until the lottery.

  When a specific symbol (such as small hit C) is won, the fluctuation time is not shortened (the lottery result notification time lottery table with a short variation time is not provided), and the random value that the specific symbol wins is acquired. The lottery result notification time may be made easier to select than when the random value is not acquired. This is because if the lottery result notification time changes due to the shortening of the variation time, the lottery result notification time may not be long at the end of the continuous notice. In addition, when a predetermined random number value is acquired, both when the table for changing the variation time is selected and when it is not selected, the lottery result notification time is longer than when the predetermined random number value is not acquired. If you select a table for reducing the variation time, even if you do not select it, select the same variation time when you obtain a predetermined random number value. Lottery data may be set.

Of the small bonuses, the specific small hits (small hit A and small hit B) have the same symbol variation lottery table as the specific big hits (15R, ordinary high probability state, special figure high probability state, etc.). May be. The small hits (small hits C) that are not specific hits may be different. (Modification 6)
<Special drawing lottery processing>
In the first embodiment, a random number is obtained by entering the first special figure starting port or the second special figure starting port, and a lottery for notice notification is performed based on the random number. Although a lottery was performed, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. For example, a random number is acquired by entering the first special figure starting port or the second special figure starting port, and a lottery lottery is performed based on the random number. Also good.
<Main production lottery>
In the first embodiment, the lottery probability of the special figure variation time is made different between the normal figure high probability state and the normal figure low probability state. It may be provided other than the probability state. For example, the lottery probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure may be varied according to the number of reserved balls of the special figure. In this case, the variation (for example, 4) when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large may be selected more easily than the variation (for example, 1) when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is small. Good. In this way, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large, stoppage can be prevented by shortening the fluctuation time, and when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is short, the fluctuation time can be increased to increase the special figure. The non-fluctuating state is reduced, and it is possible to prevent the interest of the game from deteriorating.

  More specifically, the number of reserved balls in the special figure, which causes the drawing probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure to be different, is the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 in the case of the fluctuation of the special figure 1, and the fluctuation of the special figure 2 In this case, the number of reserved balls shown in FIG. In this way, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large, stoppage can be prevented by shortening the fluctuation time, and when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is short, the fluctuation time can be increased to increase the special figure. The non-fluctuating state is reduced, and it is possible to prevent the interest of the game from decreasing. Otherwise, the number of reserved balls in Fig. 2 is 1 and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 1 is 4, and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 2 is 4 and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 1 is 1. Thus, the selection probability of the fluctuation time becomes the same, and when the number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 is 4 and the number of the reserved balls in the special figure 1 is 1, a long fluctuation occurs and the stopping time becomes long. There is a case.

  In addition, a factor that changes the lottery probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure may be made different depending on whether or not the notice notification is won. In this case, if you win the notice in Special Figure 1 with a high probability of ordinary figure, if you win the notice in Special Figure 1 with a low probability of ordinary figure, or Special Figure 2 with a high probability of ordinary figure It may be so arranged that the variation time of the special figure selected is shorter than that in the case of winning the previous notice. Furthermore, when the notice notification is continuously performed over a plurality of games, the subsequent fluctuation may be shortened. By doing in this way, when the big win in Special Figure 1 is won, even if it does not stop, the change of Special Figure 2 is not made so much, so that it is 2 In some cases, it is difficult to win a jackpot of times and can prevent a hitting game.

In the first embodiment, if the probability variation state does not occur after the jackpot is over, the game always shifts to the normal high probability game state of 100 times. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a normal high probability state transition lottery may be performed at a predetermined opportunity, such as in the case of jackpot determination, and based on the fact that the lottery is won, the normal high probability state may be shifted. For example, when the big hit probability state lottery is won at the time of jackpot determination, it may be shifted to the 100 times high probability state after the big hit.
<Commands sent from the main control unit>
In the first embodiment, a random number is acquired, a lottery is performed to determine whether to give a notice based on the random number before the start of the fluctuation based on the random number, and the lottery result is transmitted to the sub-control unit. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a random number may be acquired, a jackpot lottery may be performed based on the random number before the start of fluctuation based on the random number, and the lottery result may be transmitted to the sub-control unit. In this case, in addition to the jackpot lottery result, information such as the number of rounds, fluctuation in probability, and the state of the usual figure after the jackpot may be added. Moreover, you may transmit such information to a sub control part whenever a special figure changes. Further, these pieces of information may be transmitted to the sub-control unit and output from the external information terminal board to an external device such as a hall computer.
<Production contents>
In the first embodiment, the notice notification lottery is performed when the probability change occurs, and when the notice notification is won, the notice notification command is transmitted to the sub-control unit. May send a notice notification command. By doing in this way, 100% notice notification is executed, lottery data and a lottery program are not required, and at least one of reduction of work man-hours, compression of memory capacity or reduction of processing load is performed. Can be achieved.

  In addition, as a notice of notice, changes in the mode of the hold display (the lamp color changes from red to blue when elected, etc.), changes in the background image of the image display device (such as the blue sky background becomes sunset) Also good.

  In addition, when there are two or more jackpots in the holding ball, a notice to notify that there are two or more jackpots (for example, a display such as “I hit twice” on the image display device) may be performed. However, the lottery probability of two or more jackpot notices may be made different depending on which special figure is hit. Furthermore, the lottery probability of two or more jackpot notices may be made different depending on which special figure is hit by the special figure and the probability state of the usual figure.

  For example, if there is one jackpot for the reserved ball in Special Figure 2 and one jackpot for the special ball in Special Figure 1, two or more jackpots in the high probability state of the ordinary figure than in the low probability state of the ordinary figure You may make it not perform the notice alerting which suggests that there exists. Here, conversely, if a warning notification is made to indicate that there is a jackpot of 2 or more in the normal figure high probability state than in the normal figure low probability state, the player will receive a special figure 2 jackpot. Recognizing that there is no big hit on the reserved ball of Special Figure 1 because no notice was made to suggest that there was a big jackpot of 2 or more, and after the big hit of Special Figure 2 is over, If there is, there is a case where it is stopped to digest the number of reserved balls shown in FIG.

  In addition, when there is a single jackpot on the reserved ball of Special Figure 2 and there is a single jackpot on the special ball of Special Figure 1, it shifts to the normal high probability state after the big hit of the reserved ball of Special Figure 2 ends. In such a case, it may be possible not to perform the notice notification that suggests that there is a jackpot of 2 or more than in the case of not shifting to the normal high probability state. If after the jackpot due to the fluctuation based on the jackpot holding ball in the special figure 2 is in a low probability state, even if it is notified that the big hit in the special figure 1 is informed, it is difficult to enter the special figure 2, so the stop hit game is not performed . However, if it is in a high-probability state after the jackpot due to the fluctuation based on the jackpot reservation ball in FIG. 2, if it is informed that the jackpot is hit in FIG. 1, it is stopped when it is recognized that there is no notification. There is a case.

  In addition, when the notice effect is performed for a predetermined time, and the lottery result notification time of other lottery until the lottery that triggered the notice effect is performed is less than the predetermined time when the notice effect is performed. Further, by omitting part of the notice effect, the notice time of the notice effect and the lottery result notice time of another lottery may be combined with the time scale to notify. Fade-in and fade-out may be performed again after the omission. In particular, when the notice effect is performed in a movie or the like, it is preferable to have data in the first half and the second half and fade in the second half movie at a predetermined timing.

Also, when the notice effect is performed for a predetermined time, and the lottery result notification time for other lotteries until the lottery that triggered the notice effect is performed is longer than the predetermined time for the notice effect. The notification time of the notice effect and the lottery result notification time of other lotteries may be combined with the time scale to notify.
<Return from power interruption>
Further, the sub-control unit may not store the notice information when power is interrupted.

  Further, the main control unit may transmit the advance notice information together with the power-on information when the holding ball has a big hit at the time of return from power interruption.

  During the big hit, it is not necessary to give a notice of notification based on the entrance of the special figure 1. However, if the post-hit end is in a normal high probability state, a notice may be given.

  As a method of not performing the advance notice, the lottery probability may be 0, or the lottery itself may not be performed.

To summarize this modified example 6, “when a predetermined prize opening is won, the movement probability to the predetermined game area is either the first movement probability or the second movement probability higher than the first movement probability. A movement probability changing means for changing from the above to a second movement probability, a profit amount lottering means for selecting a profit amount of a profit to be given to a player by a lottery when winning the predetermined prize opening, and the predetermined amount Based on the fact that a game ball has passed through a specific game area in the game area, a profit amount giving means for starting to give a profit amount lottered by the profit amount lottery means, and a winning probability for the predetermined start opening A winning probability selecting means for selecting one of the first winning probability and a second winning probability higher than the first winning probability, and the profit amount lottery before the profit amount giving means gives a profit. The lottery result of the means is a specific result And a notice notifying means for notifying at a predetermined notice probability, wherein the notice notice means indicates the notice probability of notice notice when the winning probability selecting means has selected the second winning probability. A gaming machine characterized by having a probability lower than the notice probability of notice notice when the probability selection means selects the first winning probability. "become.
(Modification 7)
If the variable time can be changed depending on whether or not the continuous notice notification (including continuous false notice notification) is won, the continuous notice will be separated from the variable game subject to the continuous notice notification. It is possible to feel more expectation than necessary for fluctuations during notification, and some players may feel emotional and paralyze self-control and consume more money than necessary. For this reason, even when winning the continuous notice notice, if it is not the winning variable game, it is necessary to refer to the variable time lottery table when the continuous notice notice is not won. However, in such a game machine, there is a problem that the continuity of the continuous notice may be lost when a long variation time is selected for the start timing of the continuous notice.

  The means for solving this problem is “a game stand having a game board with a predetermined winning opening, and when a game ball wins the predetermined winning opening, a profit is given to the player. A lottery means for selecting a profit amount, and a lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying a lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means when a predetermined notification start condition (such as the symbol is not changing) is established. And a notification time lottery means for lottering the notification time of the lottery result notification means, and a prior notice for suggesting that the lottery result is a specific result before the predetermined notification start condition is established. A notice notification control means for controlling to perform with probability, wherein the notice notification control means notifies the case where the lottery result of the notice time lottery means is the first result and the first result. Second result with a long time In the case, the amusement machine than the second result towards the first result, wherein the high start probability of the notice informing. "become.

  By doing so, it is possible to provide a game table that prevents a decrease in the interest of the game.

In the case of a loss, it is not necessary to notify the advance notice.
(Modification 8)
If the change time can be changed depending on whether or not the advance notice (including false advance notice) is won, the change during the advance notice will be changed separately from the variable game subject to the advance notice. In contrast, it was possible to get more expectation than necessary, and some players were feeling high and paralyzed and self-control was paralyzed, and more money was consumed than necessary. For this reason, even if the notice notification is won, if it is not the winning variable game, it is necessary to refer to the variable time lottery table when the notice notice is not won. However, in such a game stand, since it is not possible to change the fluctuation time even for the variable game that is the target of the gasse notice when the gasse notice is given, the fluctuation that is the subject of the important notice There was a possibility that the player's expectation could not be felt and the interest of the game was reduced.

  The means for solving the above-mentioned problem is: “A game stand having a game board with a predetermined winning opening, and when a game ball wins the predetermined winning opening, a profit is given to the player. The first winning combination (big win), the second winning combination (small winning) that is less profitable to the player than the first winning combination, and the third winning combination (losing) that does not give a profit to the player ) And a lottery means for selecting a profit amount to be given to the player by lottery, and a lottery performed by the lottery means when a predetermined notification start condition (such as the symbol is not changing) is established. A lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying the lottery result, and a notice notification indicating that the lottery result is the first winning combination before the predetermined notification start condition is established. A notice / informing control means for controlling In preparation for the above, the notice notification control means controls so that a false notice notice suggesting that the player has won the first winning combination is performed at a predetermined probability when the lottery result is not the first winning combination. The game table is characterized in that the notice probability of the false notice notice is higher when the lottery result is the second winning combination than when the lottery result is the third winning combination. "become.

  In addition, “the game table characterized in that the second winning combination is a small hit that does not shift to the special figure high probability state or the normal figure high probability state based on the winning”.

  Furthermore, “the game stand characterized in that the false notice notice is a false continuous notice notice performed over a predetermined number of games. It may be.

  Still further, “the notice notification control means determines the number of times that the false continuous notice notification is performed over a predetermined number of games in the second winning combination rather than the case where the lottery result is the third winning combination. A gaming table characterized by a higher probability of selecting a greater number of times in some cases. It may be.

  By doing so, it is possible to provide a game table that prevents a decrease in the interest of the game.

In the case of a loss, it is not necessary to notify the advance notice.
(Other changes)
The following are one-off limitations. The limitation is that, in a game machine having a start opening, there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of game balls won in the starting opening, and one or more winning storages in the winning storage section. In addition, the lottery means for drawing the profit amount to be given to the player, the lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and before the lottery result is notified, A game table equipped with a notice device that provides notice information including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability. You may apply to Example 1 and you may apply to the said modification.

  First, “The notice notice means that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 during the jackpot will be in a high probability state after the jackpot, if the usual figure is in a low probability state after the jackpot. It may be done with a higher probability than the case. This is because the player is unlikely to be hit by a player when the big hit is in a low probability state.

  In addition, when the jackpot is confirmed before the winning at the time when the special figure 1 is won, the notice notifying means notifies the lottery of the notice of the lottery result after the jackpot game. In this case, the game may be performed with a higher probability than when the normal game is in a high probability state after the jackpot game. This is because the player is unlikely to be hit by a player when the big hit is in a low probability state.

  In addition, the “notice notification means is the first lottery that works more disadvantageously after the lottery is executed than when the lottery is executed when there is a prize at a specific starting port and the lottery of the winning result is executed. The notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the result may be performed at a lower probability than the second lottery result that works more advantageously than the first lottery result ”. For example, if a 2R timeless big hit is drawn during the probability change, the player's interest will be reduced by notifying the advance notice. In addition, the first lottery result that acts disadvantageously includes “the lottery result for changing the special figure high probability state to the special figure low probability state”.

  In addition, the “notice notification means is the first lottery that works more disadvantageously after the lottery is executed than when the lottery is executed when there is a prize at a specific starting port and the lottery of the winning result is executed. The notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the result may be performed with a higher probability than the second lottery result that works more favorably than the first lottery result ”. For example, when a 2R timeless big hit is drawn during the probability change, the player will recognize that the special figure high probability state will end in advance by giving a notice of advance notice, and the game will end suddenly. May be able to alleviate sudden irritation. In addition, the first lottery result that acts disadvantageously includes “the lottery result for changing the special figure high probability state to the special figure low probability state”.

  In addition, “a first winning opening, a second winning opening that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state, and a first winning opening, A third prize opening that is harder to win than the prize winning opening, and the notice notifying means notifies the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on winning the third prize opening or the first prize winning opening or the It is characterized by having a higher probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on having won the second prize opening ”, so that the third start opening rarely won ( It is possible to increase the interest of the player's game by notifying the player with a high probability of winning a prize (called a VIP start opening).

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and notifying the lottery result. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect the result to be a fruit with a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is configured such that the second starting port is in the difficult-to-win state. The lottery means provides a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening in the lottery, and the lottery means draws the profit from the difficult winning state by drawing the profit amount in the winning to the second starting opening. The probability of selecting the lottery result to be in the easy state is lower than the probability of selecting the lottery result from the difficult to win state to the easy to win state by lottery of the profit amount in the winning to the first start opening By “being characteristic”, if you have 4 suspensions in Special Figure 1 during the low probability of usual figure and notice notification has not started, you won the jackpot that will trigger the transition to high probability in Special Figure 2 Stop after the jackpot Because there is a fear Chiosa is, jackpot with special symbol 2 is likely to be time reduction has to be lower than the possibility that a time reduction in the jackpot special symbol 1. It should be noted that “the lottery means does not have to make the winning easy state from the difficult to win state by lottery of the profit amount in the winning to the second start opening”.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and notifying the lottery result. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including the notice information that makes the player expect the result to be a result at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit includes a lottery result based on a winning at the first start opening. It may be characterized by notifying the notice of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port without notifying the notice ". If there is 4 suspensions in Special Figure 1 during the usual low probability and the notice notification has not started, and if you win a jackpot that triggers the transition to the high probability in Special Figure 2, stop after the jackpot ends Because there is a possibility of being hit, the jackpot notice notification is not performed at the special figure 1 start opening, and the jackpot notice notice is performed at the special figure 2 starting opening. In addition, “the advance notice unit notifies the advance notice of the lottery result based on the winning to the first starting port in the easy winning state, and the lottery result based on the winning to the second starting port in the easy winning state. The notification of the lottery result based on the winning to the first starting port in the difficult to win state is notified to the second starting port in the difficult to win state. It may be controlled to have a lower probability than the notice of a lottery result based on a prize ”.

  In addition, “the notice notification unit may notify that the lottery result is a specific result”. The final announcement is not to simply suggest the lottery result, but to notify the lottery result with certainty, for example, a “big hit” is notified by text or voice.

  In addition, “the lottery means the first lottery probability to draw the specific result with a first probability, and the second result with a second probability that is higher than the first probability. And a second lottery probability. The special figure high probability state is a state where a lottery is drawn with a second probability, and the special figure low probability is a lottery with a first probability.

  In addition, “the notice notification unit may perform a fixed notification with a higher probability in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state”. Since the special figure high-probability state ends immediately, there are cases where the player's game interest is enhanced by making a final announcement rather than making a series of advance notices.

  Further, “the start port may be a general start port”, and “the first start port and the second start port may be a first general start port and a second general start port”. .

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and notifying the lottery result. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A first notification unit that includes a predetermined notification probability, and includes a first control unit including the lottery unit and the advance notification person, and the first control unit. And a second control unit provided with a notice notification execution means for executing the notice notification in response to a notice command from the control unit. First, even if “the second control unit discards or does not receive the notice command when the first control part transmits a notice command to the second control part in the easy winning state” Good. Thereby, it is possible to reliably prevent the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the first special figure start opening winning in the normal figure high probability state. Further, “the second control unit is characterized in that the advance notice notification execution means indicates that the advance notice notification is being executed, and that the advance notice notification is being executed when the advance notice is being executed”. Also good. Since the second control unit (for example, the sub-control unit) often has a more complicated program capacity and data capacity than the first control unit (for example, the main control unit), the first control unit in the usual high probability state is used. There is a risk of requesting a prior notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the drawing start winning prize not to be understood by a certification body (such as a maintenance association) prior to shipment. For this reason, if the second controller is provided with an LED or the like that is always lit while the notice is being given, it can be surely notified that the notice is being executed. The notification during the advance notification may be performed by the first control unit.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and notifying the lottery result. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect to be a fruit at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit notifies other lottery result notifications until the lottery result is notified. When the time is the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when the second starting port is in the easy winning state, the second starting port is The probability of selecting the lottery table for the notification time when no notice notification is performed is higher than in the case of the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port in the case where it is difficult to win a prize. It may be a feature. The notice of other lottery results until the notice of the lottery results is made open for a long time is included in the notice notice.

  In addition, “in a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of winning game balls at the starting opening, and when the winning storage section has one or more winning storages, A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying unit for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result. A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect a result to be a predetermined result at a predetermined notice probability, and includes a first control unit that includes the lottery means and the notice notifier, A second control unit provided with a notice notification executing means for executing the notice notification in response to a notice command from the first control unit, and the first control unit is connected to the second control unit. Even after sending the advance notice, the predetermined conditions Continues to hold the information about the notice command until satisfied, it may be characterized "to retransmit the notice instruction when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Here, the “information relating to the notice command” includes information transmitted as the notice command and information on the contents of the notice command (information on the result of the notice lottery). In this way, for example, when a power interruption occurs, even if the notice information disappears, the sub-control unit can reliably notify the notice by transmitting the notice information when the power is restored. .

  In the above modification, the notice notification execution means is a liquid crystal display device (variable display device).

  In addition, as a difference between big hit and small hit, there is a possibility that it will shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of the operation is a big hit, and it is said that it does not shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of the operation Can be mentioned.

  Further, the number of times of opening of the big winning opening based on the predetermined jackpot may be the same as the number of opening of the big winning opening based on the predetermined small winning.

  Further, the length of time for opening the big winning opening based on one predetermined jackpot and the length of time for opening the big winning opening based on one predetermined small hit may be made substantially the same.

  In addition, when the opening / closing of the big prize opening is repeated based on the predetermined big win and the predetermined small win, the length of the total opening time may be substantially the same.

  In addition, the length of time may be substantially the same when the length of time is less than the time required until it is detected that the door of the big prize opening receives the game ball and wins the big prize opening.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and notifying the lottery result. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that causes the player to expect the result to be a result with a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is configured such that the winning storage unit has a game at the first start opening. The first in the case where a predetermined number of 1 or more is stored that the ball has won, and the same number as in the first starting port is stored that the gaming ball has been won in the second starting port. When the second start port is in the difficult easy state, the lottery lottery result based on the winning to the first start port is notified, and the second start port is in the difficult to win state. It may be characterized in that it is performed at a higher notice probability than the notice notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the starting port of 1 ”. In other words, when there is the same number of suspensions in the special figure 1 start opening and the special figure 2 start opening, the notice notification based on winning in the special figure 1 start opening is notified based on winning in the special figure 2 start opening. It is higher than the notification. As a result, since the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port is preferentially performed, the notice notification based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting opening time is longer than the notice notification based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting opening. Advance notice can be given, and the fun of the game can be enhanced. In addition, there may be a case where the special drawing 2 lottery interrupts in the middle, and from this point of view, the notice notification based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting opening is noticed for a longer time than the notice notification based on the winning of the special drawing 2 starting opening. Notification can be performed.

  The lottery result notifying time lottery means for lottery of the lottery result notification time performed by the lottery result notifying means, wherein the lottery result notifying time lottery means includes the first time and the first time. The lottery is performed from any one of the long second times, and the notice notification means starts another notice until the lottery that triggers the notice effect is performed. When the lottery result notifying time lottery means the first time as the lottery result notifying time, the notice notification is continued even after the lottery result notifying based on the first time is finished, and the lottery result notifying is continued. When the time lottery draws the second time, the notice notification may be ended after the lottery result notification based on the second time is ended. Thereby, the end of the notice effect can be terminated with an effect that maximizes the interest of the player, such as super reach. In particular, “the advance notice is a false notice, and if the notice is a notice, the notice of the lottery result based on the second time may be continued even after the repair is performed” may be used. .

  In the first embodiment, when the main control unit transmits the advance notice information to the sub control unit, and the sub control unit receives the advance notice information from the main control unit, the advance notice is given if no advance notice is currently being provided. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the sub-control unit may perform a lottery to determine whether or not to perform the notification effect after receiving the notification information from the main control unit.

  In the first embodiment, when the sub-control unit receives the advance notice information from the main control unit, the sub-control unit performs the advance notice unless the advance notice is currently being performed. When the notification is being executed, the notification notification indicating that the notification notification has been executed may be further performed. In this case, it is desirable to make notification so that it is clear which lottery is based on which notice notification is being made. For example, in the case where two notices, ie, hold 3 in FIG. 1 and hold 2 in FIG. This may be done by introducing a notice character.

  In order to start the notice notification based on the other lottery lottery during the notice notification that started based on the lottery that will be the big hit, It may be a condition that it is not a big hit that does not shift to the probability state.

  Further, in the first embodiment, the sub-control unit performs the advance notification, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the main control unit may perform the advance notification. For example, a sense of expectation may be obtained by changing the lighting color of the holding lamp LED.

  In addition, in the second lottery result notification time, which is expressed to the effect that there is a first lottery result notification time and a second lottery result notification time, and the second lottery result notification time is longer, Super reach may be performed.

  Further, a plurality of small hits may be provided, and the specific big hit may be the same as the specific big win and the symbol variation lottery table (a table for selecting reach from multi-line reach, etc.). Small hits that are not specific hits may be different.

In the above description,
“First symbol display means [for example, first special symbol display device 198] capable of executing variable display of symbols;
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114] capable of performing variable display of symbols;
A prefetch notice means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 110] capable of executing a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) [for example, special symbol 2 variation display] is based on the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. Is also configured to start preferentially,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice at least in a non-time-short state,
In the second symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “interrupt symbol variation display”) that starts by interrupting the period from the start to the end of the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is continued. Has been
The display mode of the continuous notice in the interrupt symbol variation display [for example, the display mode shown in FIG. 26 (i) to FIG. 26 (k)] is the continuous notice in the variation display of the symbol one time before the interrupt symbol variation display. It is the same display mode as the display mode [for example, the display mode shown in FIG. 26 (f) to FIG. 26 (h)].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.

Also,
“Control means [for example, main controller 300] capable of controlling the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means (hereinafter collectively referred to as“ symbol display means ”),
The control means is a means capable of executing a determination of success / failure [for example, special drawing related lottery processing]
The symbol variation display is a display including a stop display of a symbol aspect [for example, the symbol aspect shown in FIG.
The symbol display means is means capable of notifying the result of the determination of success or failure by the stop display,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of notifying the result of the appropriateness determination prior to the notification of the result of the success / failure determination by the symbol display means when the prefetch notice condition is established.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetch notice condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result [for example, a jackpot result] and the first notice execution condition is satisfied [for example, the step shown in FIG. If the lottery in S1110 is won]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The first notice execution condition is that a first notice lottery [for example, a lottery using the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. It is a condition that is met when a lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetch notice condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a wrong / unnecessary determination result [for example, a result of losing] different from the specific success / failure determination result, and the second notice execution condition is satisfied. In the case [for example, when the lottery in step S1113 shown in FIG. 7 is won]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The second notice execution condition is that a second notice lottery [for example, a lottery using the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. It is a condition to be satisfied when winning the preliminary lottery.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means is a first control means [for example, the main control section 300] including a determination section [for example, the CPU 304 of the main control section 300 that executes the special drawing related lottery process] capable of performing the determination of the success / failure. Yes,
The first control unit is a unit capable of transmitting a plurality of types of commands to a second control unit (for example, a combination of the sub-control unit 400 and the decorative design display control unit 500),
The second control means is means capable of executing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is a means constituted by a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means includes determination means for determining whether to perform the pre-reading notice [for example, means for performing lottery as to whether or not to execute the notice effect in the sub-control unit described in paragraph 0412]. Means,
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol display means is a means capable of executing the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, entering the first special symbol start port 126]. Yes,
The second symbol display means is a means capable of executing the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, entering the second special symbol start port 128]. ,
The control means is a means capable of starting a short time state [for example, a normal high probability state] where the second symbol variation condition is likely to be satisfied,
The pre-reading notice condition is a condition that does not hold in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state [for example, the advance notice in the common figure high probability state described in paragraph 0119. Not to do]],
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first control means includes first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, the CPU 304 that executes a winning acceptance process shown in FIG. 7]. Means,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command [for example, a special figure pending increase command including the identification information of special figure 1] configured to be transmittable,
When the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition, the first command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines whether to perform the prefetching advance notice. In the case of not being performed [for example, as described in paragraph 0379], the prefetch notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
In the non-time-short state, when the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines that the pre-reading notice is not performed. [For example, when the lottery using the table shown in FIG. 10B is lost], the pre-reading notice condition depends on the fact that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the short-time state. Is a condition that does not hold,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetching notice unit is configured when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-time-saving state [for example, the table shown in FIG. In the case of winning the lottery used], it is a means capable of executing the pre-reading notice,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetching notice means, when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the short time state [for example, using the table shown in FIG. Is a means capable of executing the pre-reading notice,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first control means includes second symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the second symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, the CPU 304 that executes a winning acceptance process shown in FIG. 8]. Means,
A second command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the second symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command [for example, a special figure pending increase command including the identification information of special figure 2] configured to be transmittable,
When the pre-reading notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition, the second command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“Image display means [for example, decorative design display device 110] capable of displaying an image,
The second control means is means capable of controlling the image display means as the prefetch notice means.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“Command receiving means [for example, CPU 404 for executing command input processing] capable of receiving the command transmitted from the first control means;
Display control means [for example, decorative symbol display control unit 500] capable of executing display control of the image display means;
With
The second control means is a means configured to include both the command receiving means and the display control means.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering a first start area [for example, the first special figure start port 126] as one condition,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering a second start area [for example, the second special figure start port 128] as one condition.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number [for example, 4]. Yes,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than a second upper limit number [for example, 4]. ,
The first holding number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the first symbol display means is held,
The second reserved number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the second symbol display means is suspended,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means is a means capable of starting a special game state [eg, jackpot game state] after a specific symbol mode [eg, jackpot symbol aspect] is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means,
When the first symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the control unit is a unit capable of executing control to hold off the start of the variation display of the symbol due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition. ,
When the second symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the control unit is a unit capable of executing a control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition. ,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition for the first symbol display means to acquire a first right to perform the variation display of the symbol,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition for the second symbol display means to acquire a second right to display the symbol variation,
When one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of the variable display of the symbol based on the acquired right may be suspended.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
When the right of one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of the variable display of the symbol is started without being suspended, based on the acquired right. Sometimes
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The continuous notice is a notice [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIG. 24] continuously performed during the execution of the variable display of a plurality of times.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice that ends during a period in which the variable display of the symbols in which the symbol form corresponding to the result of the determination of whether or not to be the target of the pre-reading notice is stopped [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIG. Notice]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIG. 26] that the notice display is performed in the same manner during the execution of the variable display of a plurality of times.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIG. 22 (a)] in which a single notice that starts and ends during execution of a single symbol variation display is performed over a plurality of symbol variation displays. is there,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of changing the mode of the hold display as the prefetch notice.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Furthermore, in the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198, etc.]
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114, etc.] capable of executing variable symbol display;
Prefetching notice means [for example, decorative symbol display device 110 or sub-control unit] capable of executing prefetching notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) [for example, special symbol 2 variation display etc.] is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. It is configured to start with higher priority than [For example, special figure 1 fluctuation display, etc.]
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice in at least a non-time-short state [for example, a normal low probability state, etc.]
In the second symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “interrupt symbol variation display”) that starts by interrupting the period from the start to the end of the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is continued. Has been
The display mode of the continuous notice in the interrupt symbol variation display [for example, the display mode for each remaining symbol fixed number shown in FIG. 22 (a) and FIG. 22 (b)] is the symbol stop display in the interrupt symbol variation display [ For example, the display mode of the continuous notice in the stop display of the previous symbol [for example, the number of remaining symbol determination is 3 times] [for example, the display of Princess Chibi shown in FIG. 22 (a)] The display mode is the same as the mode or the display mode of the chase follow-up scene shown in FIG.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.
Also,
“In the continuous notice, the notice display in the same manner is performed during the execution of the variable display of the symbol a plurality of times [for example, during the execution of the interrupt symbol change display and the previous symbol change display] [ For example, the notice display in the same manner is performed when the number of remaining symbol determinations is the same.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice in which a single notice that starts and ends during execution of the one-time variation display of the symbol is performed over a plurality of variations of the symbol [for example, the continuous announcement shown in FIG. Etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
Also,
“The prefetching notice means is a means capable of changing the state of the hold display as the prefetching notice [for example, description of paragraph 0371, etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198, etc.]
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114, etc.] capable of executing variable symbol display;
Prefetching notice means [for example, decorative symbol display device 110 or sub-control unit] capable of executing prefetching notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) [for example, special symbol 2 variation display etc.] is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. (Hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”.) [For example, special figure 1 variation display, etc.]
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice in at least a non-time-short state [for example, a normal low probability state, etc.]
The prefetch notice means is means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the first symbol variation display is performed [for example, FIGS. 24 (i) to (k)],
The prefetch notice means is means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the second symbol variation display is performed [for example, FIGS. 24 (f) to (h)],
The prefetching notice means performs a prefetching notice [for example, display of the character for the special figure 1 notice described in paragraph 0413] related to a certain reservation [for example, the hold 3 of special figure 1 described in paragraph 0413]. During the execution, a pre-reading notice related to another certain hold [for example, hold 2 of special figure 2 described in paragraph 0413] [for example, display of the character for special figure 2 notice described in paragraph 0413] is executed. possible means der is,
The continuous notice is a notice made in an animation display [for example, an animated display or character of a student race based on the continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. 22 (b)].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.
Also,
The prefetch notice unit is a unit including a first display unit capable of executing the prefetch notice.
The prefetch notice means is means including second display means capable of executing the prefetch notice.
The first display means is means [for example, a first special figure hold lamp 1991 shown in FIG. 27] capable of executing hold display;
The second display means is means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 110 shown in FIG. 23] capable of executing a decorative symbol variation display;
The first display means is a separate means from the second display means.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“Control means [for example, main control unit 300 etc.] capable of controlling the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means (hereinafter collectively referred to as“ symbol display means ”),
The control means is a means capable of executing determination of success / failure [for example, special drawing related lottery processing, etc.]
The symbol variation display is a display including a stop display,
Said stop indication, the spruce determination result [e.g., jackpot, loss, etc.] symbol mode corresponding to the example, the symbol mode etc. shown in FIG. 5 (a)] is a display of,
Before Symbol symbol display means, by the stop display is the spruce capable notification means the result of the determination,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of notifying the result of the appropriateness determination prior to the notification of the result of the success / failure determination by the symbol display means when the prefetch notice condition is established.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetch notice condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result [for example, a jackpot result or the like] and the first notice execution condition is satisfied [for example, as shown in FIG. In the case where the lottery in step S1110 is won, etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The first notice execution condition is that a first notice lottery [for example, a lottery using the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. It is a condition to be satisfied when winning the preliminary lottery.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetch notice condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination is a wrong / unnecessary determination result different from the specific success / failure determination result [for example, a result of losing etc.], and the second notice execution condition is satisfied. If there is [for example, the lottery in step S1113 shown in FIG.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The second notice execution condition is that a second notice lottery [for example, a lottery using the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. This is a condition that will be met if you win the preliminary lottery.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means includes first control means [for example, the main control section 300, etc.] that includes the validity determination means [for example, the CPU 304 of the main control section 300 that executes the special drawing related lottery process]. ],
The first control unit is a unit capable of transmitting a plurality of types of commands to a second control unit (for example, a combination of the sub-control unit 400 and the decorative design display control unit 500).
The second control means is means capable of executing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is a means constituted by a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means includes determination means for determining whether or not to perform the pre-reading notice [for example, means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to perform the notice effect in the sub-control unit described in paragraph 0412]. Means to include
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol display means is capable of executing the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, entering the first special symbol starting port 126, etc.]. And
The second symbol display means is a means capable of executing the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, entering the second special symbol start port 128, etc.]. Yes,
The first control means is a means capable of starting a short time state [e.g., a normal high probability state] such that the second symbol variation condition is likely to be satisfied,
The pre-reading notice condition is a condition that does not hold in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state [for example, the advance notice in the common figure high probability state described in paragraph 0119. Etc.], and
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first control means includes first symbol variation condition determination means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, a CPU 304 or the like that executes a winning acceptance process shown in FIG. 7]. Means to include
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that can be transmitted [for example, a special figure pending increase command including the identification information of special figure 1, etc.]
When the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition, the first command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines whether to perform the prefetching advance notice. When not performed [for example, description in paragraph 0379], the prefetch notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
In the non-time-short state, when the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines that the pre-reading notice is not performed. [For example, when the lottery using the table shown in FIG. 10 (b) is lost, etc.], the pre-reading notice condition corresponds to the fact that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the short-time state. Is a condition that does not hold,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetching notice unit is configured when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-time-saving state [for example, the table shown in FIG. In the case where the lottery used is won, etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The prefetching notice means, when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the short time state [for example, using the table shown in FIG. In the case where the lottery was won, etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first control means includes second symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether the second symbol variation condition is satisfied [for example, the CPU 304 or the like for executing the winning acceptance process shown in FIG. 8]. Means to include
A second command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the second symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command configured to be transmittable [for example, a special figure pending increase command including identification information of special figure 2],
When the pre-reading notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition, the second command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“ The first control means is means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of controlling the first display means [for example, the first special figure holding lamp 1991 shown in FIG. 27]
The second control means is means capable of controlling the second display means [for example, the decorative symbol display device 110 shown in FIG. 23] [for example, a combination of the sub-control unit 400 and the decorative symbol display control unit 500. Etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“Equipped with image display means capable of displaying an image [for example, decorative symbol display device 110 etc.]
The second control means is means capable of controlling the image display means as the prefetch notice means.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
Also,
“Command receiving means capable of receiving the command transmitted from the first control means [for example, CPU 404 or the like for executing command input processing];
Display control means capable of executing display control of the image display means [for example, a decorative symbol display control unit 500],
With
The second control means is a means configured to include both the command receiving means and the display control means.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering a first start area [for example, the first special figure start port 126 etc.] as one condition,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering a second start area [for example, the second special figure start port 128 or the like] as one condition.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than a first upper limit number (for example, 4 etc.). And
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than a second upper limit number (for example, 4 etc.). Yes,
The first holding number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the first symbol display means is held,
The second reserved number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the second symbol display means is suspended,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
"The first control means, said symbol display means specific symbol embodiments [e.g., symbol Nature of jackpot] after performing stop display, starting a special game state [e.g., jackpot gaming state, etc.] Possible means,
When the first symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the first control means is capable of executing control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition. Means,
When the second symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the first control means is capable of executing a control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition. Means,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The first symbol variation condition is a condition for the first symbol display means to obtain the first right to perform the variation display of the symbol [for example, the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 or the like]. And
The second symbol variation condition is a condition for the second symbol display means to acquire a second right for performing the symbol variation display [for example, symbol variation display of Special Fig. 2]. Yes,
When one of the first right and the second right [e.g., the right to perform symbol variation display of Special Fig. 1] is acquired, the variation display of the symbol based on the acquired right [ for example, if the start of the symbol variable display, etc.] of special symbol 1 is suspended [e.g., such as when the symbol variable display of special symbol 2 is started by priority] there is,
When one of the first right and the second right [e.g., the right to perform symbol variation display in FIG. 2] is acquired, the variation display of the symbol based on the acquired right [ For example, there is a case where the display of the variation of the symbol [e.g., the symbol variation display of the special figure 2] is started without the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2, etc. being suspended.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIG. 23 or the continuous notice shown in FIG. 24] continuously performed during the execution of the variable display of the symbol a plurality of times .
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
"The continuous announcement, the prefetch notice is subject propriety determination Results variable display of the symbols of the stop display is performed corresponding symbols embodiment [e.g., symbol variation display the remaining symbols determined number of one] is A notice [for example, a continuous notice shown in FIG. 23 or a continuous notice shown in FIG.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
"The continuous announcement may notice [e.g., wherein like paragraph 0254] the predictive display to stop displaying stop Te variable display smell of the pattern is continued is,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

  Finally, it is noted that it is not directly related to the present invention.

(Appendix 1)
A symbol display means for starting a variation display of symbols when a game ball wins at a predetermined start opening;
Special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol display stopped by the symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
When there is a destination variation display that is a variation display of the symbol by the symbol display means that is started before the start of the specific variation display that is a variation display of the symbol by the symbol display means scheduled to display the specific symbol aspect A prior notice device for performing a prior notice related to the content of the specific variation display in the first variation display,
The advance notice means determines the number of advance notices,
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 2)
The advance notice unit determines the number of the advance notices for the first change display based on the number of changes until the specific change display is started.
The game table according to appendix 1.

(Appendix 3)
The advance notice unit determines the number of advance notices to be larger as the number of changes until the specific variation display is started is smaller.
The game table as set forth in Appendix 2.

(Appendix 4)
The advance notice means determines the number of advance notices in the forward change display to be equal to or greater than the advance notice number in the forward change display and less than the advance notice number in the subsequent advance display.
The game table as set forth in Appendix 3.

(Appendix 5)
The advance notice means performs the advance notice in the specific variation display,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 4.

(Appendix 6)
The advance notice includes a temporary stop display of a symbol different from the stop display of the symbol,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 5.

(Appendix 7)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed on the symbol display means. Configure
The advance notice unit displays the first image as the advance notice, and displays the second image as the advance notice after the first image display.
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 6.

(Appendix 8)
The first image and the second image are in the same display mode,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 9)
The first image includes a first character image;
The second image includes a second character image different from the first character image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 10)
The second image further includes the first character image.
The game table according to appendix 9.

(Appendix 11)
The first image and the second image include one or more character images,
The total number of the character images included in the second image is greater than the total number of the character images included in the first image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 12)
The size of the second image is larger than the size of the first image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 13)
The first image and the second image include numerical information,
The numerical information included in the second image is larger than the numerical information included in the first image.
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 14)
Including one or more notification means for performing predetermined notification;
The advance notice means is
While the first image is being displayed, the notification means is notified in a first notification mode indicating a first situation of the predetermined scenario, and the second image is displayed. During the display, the notification means causes the notification means to perform notification related to the notification in the second notification mode indicating the second status that has progressed along the scenario rather than the first status,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 15)
The notice notification means performs the notice notice in the symbol variation display by the symbol display means when the specific variation display is not scheduled to start and a specific condition is satisfied,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1-14.

(Appendix 16)
The probability of setting the number of the advance notices for the forward change display to be equal to or greater than the number of the advance notices when the specific change display is not scheduled to start and a specific condition is satisfied The number of times is higher than the probability of making it less than the number of notices to be made when there is no scheduled start of the specific variation display and a specific condition is satisfied,
The game table as set forth in Appendix 15.

(Appendix 17)
When the game ball wins at the predetermined start opening and the variation start prohibition condition is not established, the symbol display means is configured to start the symbol variation display,
When the game ball wins at the predetermined starting port and the variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the symbol display means starts the symbol variation display after the change start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of starting information for
When the symbol mode determination information constituting a part or all of the starting information is the specific symbol mode determination information, the specific symbol mode is selected as the symbol mode to be stopped and displayed on the symbol display means. Design aspect selection means,
The advance notice means performs the advance notice when the symbol form determining information constituting a part or all of the start information is specific symbol form determining information.
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 16.

(Appendix 18)
A plurality of the symbol display means;
When the first symbol display unit of the plurality of symbol display units stops and displays the specific symbol mode, the notice notification unit is configured such that the second symbol display unit of the plurality of symbol display units The advance notice is given during the variable display of the design,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 17.

(Appendix 19)
The advance notice means performs the advance notice before the first symbol display means starts the variable display,
The game stand according to appendix 18.

(Appendix 20)
When the game ball wins at the second starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the second symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the second starting port in a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the second variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Second starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of second starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the two symbol display means;
When the second variation start prohibition condition is not established, the second symbol display means starts the symbol variation display using the second starting information stored in the second starting storage means. And a second start storage management means for setting the second start storage means in a state in which the second start information is not stored,
When the second symbol display means stops and displays a symbol aspect other than the specific symbol aspect, the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied while the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied. Change to
The advance notice means is started based on a winning of a game ball at the second start opening during the change display of the symbols by the second design display means at least partially overlapping with the time of the advance notice. The advance notice is also given during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means.
The game table according to appendix 18 or 19.

(Appendix 21)
There is provided an effect display means for performing both an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the first symbol display means and an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the second symbol display means. ,
The game table according to any one of appendices 18 to 20.

(Appendix 22)
When the first symbol display means is performing symbol variation display, the effect display means performs variation display of a predetermined symbol as the effect display, and the second symbol display means performs symbol variation display. When the display is performed, it is configured to display a variation of a predetermined symbol as an effect display,
The effect display means changes the symbol both when the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect and when the second symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect. After the display, a special design mode is stopped and displayed.
The effect display means performs a decoration effect display that produces a change display of the predetermined symbol as the effect display in addition to the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the decoration effect display.
The gaming table according to attachment 21.

(Appendix 23)
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The game table according to appendix 21 or 22.

(Appendix 24)
A first symbol display means for starting a variation display of symbols when a game ball wins at the first start opening;
A game table provided with a second symbol display means for starting a variable display of symbols when a game ball wins at the second starting port;
Special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol form stopped by the first symbol display means or the second symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
In relation to changing the size of the entry portion of the game ball of the second start port from the first size to a second size larger than the first size, The winning rate of the game ball can be changed, and when the gaming state is the first gaming state, the winning rate of the gaming ball to the second starting port is the first winning rate, and the gaming state During the second gaming state, the control means for controlling the winning rate of the game ball to the second starting port to be a second winning rate higher than the first winning rate;
When the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect, the first symbol display means stops the specific symbol aspect while the second symbol display means displays the symbol in a variable manner. A notice control means for controlling the display so as to notify the player of the notice with a predetermined notice probability;
The notice probability in the second gaming state is configured to be lower than the notice probability in the first gaming state.
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 25)
A game machine comprising a plurality of symbol display means for starting symbol variation display when a game ball wins at a predetermined start opening,
A special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol aspect stopped by the symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
When the first symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect, the second symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means displays the symbols in a variable manner. , Wherein the first symbol display means notifies the player that the specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed,
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 26)
The notice notification is performed before the first symbol display means starts the variable display,
The game machine as set forth in Appendix 25.

(Appendix 27)
The game area further includes a specific variable winning opening that can change the size of the entrance into which the game ball can enter from the first size to a second size larger than the first size,
The entrance size of the specific variable prize opening is changed from the first size to the second size during the special gaming state,
The game stand according to appendix 25 or 26.

(Appendix 28)
When the game ball wins at the first starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the first variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied, the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the first start port in a state where the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the first variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state in which the first variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. First starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of first starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the one symbol displaying means;
When the symbol mode determination information constituting one part or all of the first start information is specific symbol mode determination information, the specific symbol mode is displayed as the symbol mode to be stopped and displayed on the first symbol display means. And a symbol aspect selecting means for selecting the symbol aspect of
The notice notification is performed when the symbol mode determination information constituting a part or all of the first start information is specific symbol mode determination information.
The game table according to any one of appendices 25 to 27.

(Appendix 29)
The notice notification is performed even when a specific condition is satisfied instead of the specific symbol mode determining information constituting part or all of the first starting information. And
The game stand according to appendix 28.

(Appendix 30)
When the first variation start prohibition condition is not established, the first symbol display unit starts displaying the symbol variation using the first start information stored in the first start storage unit. If so, first start storage management means for setting the first start storage means in a state where the first start information is not stored;
When the symbol pattern determination information constituting a part or all of the predetermined first trigger information stored in the first trigger storage means is specific symbol pattern determination information Characterized in that the notice of notice is given during the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means that has started variation based on the first starting information different from the first starting information.
The game stand according to appendix 28 or 29.

(Appendix 31)
The specific notification mode of the notice notification performed during the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means can be notified as the notice notification performed during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means. Features
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 30.

(Appendix 32)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed,
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. During the change display, the first image is displayed as the advance notice, and the advance notice is displayed during the change display of the symbol by the other design display means that has started to change after the one display means stops. The second image is displayed as a notification,
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 30.

(Appendix 33)
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. A specific image is displayed as the advance notice during fluctuation display, and the specific image is displayed as the advance notice during display change of the symbol by the other design display means.
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 32.

(Appendix 34)
A second character image can be displayed after the first character image is displayed among the plurality of character images;
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. During the variable display, the first character image is displayed as the advance notice, and during the symbol variation display by the other symbol display means that has started the variation after the one symbol display means stops displaying, The second character image is displayed as a notice of notice,
The game table according to any one of appendices 25 to 33.

(Appendix 35)
A first image and a second image having a different size from the first image can be displayed;
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. The first image is displayed as the advance notice during change display, and the second image is displayed as the advance notice during display change of the symbol by the other display means.
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 34.

(Appendix 36)
When the game ball wins at the second starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the second symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the second starting port in a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the second variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Second starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of second starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the two symbol display means;
When the second variation start prohibition condition is not established, the second symbol display means starts the symbol variation display using the second starting information stored in the second starting storage means. And a second start storage management means for setting the second start storage means in a state in which the second start information is not stored.
When the second symbol display means stops and displays a symbol aspect other than the specific symbol aspect, the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied while the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied. Change to
The second symbol display means started based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the notice time. The notice notice is also given during the display of the variation of the symbol by
The game stand according to any one of appendices 28 to 35.

(Appendix 37)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed,
Based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the variable display of the symbols by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the display timing of the first image displayed as the advance notice. The display of the second image is performed as the notice of notice during the change display of the symbol by the second symbol display means that has started.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 38)
Started based on winning of a game ball at the second starting opening during the display of the variation of the symbol by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping the display time of the specific image displayed as the advance notice. The display of the specific image is performed as the advance notice during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 39)
A first image and a second image having a different size from the first image can be displayed;
Based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the variable display of the symbols by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the display timing of the first image displayed as the advance notice. The display of the second image is performed as the notice of notice during the change display of the symbol by the second symbol display means that has started.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 40)
There is further provided an effect display means for performing both an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the first symbol display means and an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the second symbol display means,
The effect display means performs the advance notice by performing a specific effect display during the effect display of the variation display of the symbol by the second symbol display means,
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 39.

(Appendix 41)
The effect display means includes:
When the first symbol display means is performing symbol variation display, the predetermined symbol variation display is performed as an effect display, and the second symbol display means is performing symbol variation display. Is configured to display a variation of a predetermined symbol as an effect display,
The effect display means changes the symbol both when the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect and when the second symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect. After the display, a special design mode is stopped and displayed.
The effect display means includes:
In addition to the change display of the predetermined symbol, a decoration effect display that produces the change display of the predetermined symbol is performed as the effect display.
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the decoration effect display,
The game stand according to appendix 40.

(Appendix 42)
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The game stand according to appendix 40 or 41.

(Appendix 43)
In a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state.
A winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port;
Lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to a player when there is a memory of one or more prizes in the prize storage unit;
The lottery means notifies the lottery result of the lottery, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the second starting port is notified by the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port. Lottery result notifying means for giving priority over notifying the result;
Prior to notifying the lottery result, a notice notifying means for performing notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect that the lottery result is a result advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability,
The notice notification means is
In the case where the second start port is in the easy-to-win state, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start port, the case where the second start port is in the difficult to win state It is characterized in that it is performed with a lower notice probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting opening.

  Here, the lottery of profit amount means to determine how much profit amount to be given to the player. Further, the notice notification is not performed 100%, and the notice probability here means an execution probability of performing the notice notice. Further, the advance notice information may indicate that the lottery result is a specific result, but the lottery result may not necessarily be the specific result. Further, the notification mode of the notification may be a moving image or a still image formed by combining characters, figures, symbols, or a combination thereof, or a combination thereof with a color, or a notification mode using sound or light. When a game ball wins at the first starting port, the winning memory unit stores that the game ball has won at the first starting port, and the winning memory unit stores one or more winning balls. In some cases, the lottery is performed. Further, when a game ball wins at the second starting port, the winning memory unit stores that the game ball has won at the second starting port, and the winning memory unit stores one or more winning balls. In some cases, the lottery is performed. Therefore, the lottery is based on a winning at the first starting port or a winning at the second starting port.

Further, in the gaming machine here, when the second starting port is in the winning easy state, the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port is notified in advance. May be performed with a higher notice probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening in the case where the winning is easy,
Special game state control means for starting a special game when the lottery result is a specific result and ending the special game when a predetermined condition is satisfied;
The second starting port is
While the special game state control means is performing a special game, it may be in a state where it is difficult to win.

Further, in the game stand here, the notice notification means is
When the second starting port is in the winning easy state, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port may not be performed.

Furthermore, in the game table here, the notice notification means is
Prior to notifying the lottery result, the advance notice is continuously performed until the lottery result notification for the advance notice is started by the lottery result notifying means, and at least at the end of the advance notice, the advance notice information is provided. The notification may be performed.

That is, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult to win state.
A winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port;
Lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to a player when there is a memory of one or more prizes in the prize storage unit;
The lottery means notifies the lottery result of the lottery, and the lottery result based on the winning to the second starting port is notified of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port. Lottery result notifying means for giving priority over notifying the lottery result;
Before notifying the lottery result, the lottery result for the notice notification including the notice information that makes the player expect that the lottery result is an advantageous result for the player based on a predetermined notice probability. Is continuously performed until the notification is started by the lottery result notification means, and at least at the end of the notification, the notification information means for notifying the notification information,
The notice notification means is
In the case where the second start port is in the easy-to-win state, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start port, the case where the second start port is in the difficult to win state A gaming machine characterized in that it is performed with a lower notice probability than a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on a winning at the first start opening.

  In this game machine, the advance notice information may be notified from the beginning of the notice to be performed continuously, or the advance notice information may be notified from the middle, but the advance notice information is finally notified. . Further, the advance notice information may represent, for example, that the lottery result is an advantageous result for the player by displaying a still image a predetermined number of times. Various aspects can be employed.

(Appendix 44)
In a gaming machine having a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult-to-win state.
A winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port;
Lottery means for performing lottery of a profit amount to be given to a player when there is a memory of one or more prizes in the prize storage unit;
The lottery means notifies the lottery result of the lottery, and the lottery result based on the winning to the second starting port is notified of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port. Lottery result notifying means for giving priority over notifying the result;
Prior to the execution of the lottery by the lottery means, it is provided with a notice notifying means for performing notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect that the lottery result is a result advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability. ,
The advance notice means is
When the second starting port is in the difficult to win state, the second starting port notifies the first starting port of a notice of the lottery result of the lottery. A gaming machine characterized in that it is performed with a higher notice probability than a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on winning in the case of being in an easy winning state.

Moreover, it is a game stand described here,
The advance notice means is
When the second starting port is in the easy-to-win state, the second starting port notifies the first starting port of a notice of the lottery result based on winning. A gaming machine, characterized in that it is performed at a higher notice probability than a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on winning in the case of being in an easy winning state.

Moreover, it is a game stand described here,
Special game state control means for starting a special game when the lottery result is a specific result and ending the special game when a predetermined condition is satisfied;
The second starting port is
A game table characterized in that the special game state control means is in a difficult-to-win state while the special game is being performed.

Moreover, it is a game stand described here,
The advance notice means is
A game table, wherein a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on winning a prize is not performed when the second starting port is in the winning easy state to the first starting port.

Furthermore, it is a game stand described here,
The advance notice means
Prior to the execution of the lottery by the lottery means, the notice is continuously performed until the lottery result notice for the notice is started by the lottery result notifying means, and at least at the end of the notice. A game machine for notifying the advance notice information.

In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy winning state and a relatively difficult winning state.
A winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port;
Lottery means for performing lottery of a profit amount to be given to a player when there is a memory of one or more prizes in the prize storage unit;
The lottery means notifies the lottery result of the lottery, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port is notified of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port. Lottery result notifying means for giving priority over notifying the lottery result;
Prior to execution of the lottery by the lottery means, the notice notification including the notice information that makes the player expect that the lottery result is an advantageous result for the player based on a predetermined notice probability. Notification of the lottery result is continuously performed until the lottery result notification means is started, and at least at the end of the notification of the notice, the notice information means for notifying the notice information,
The advance notice means is
When the second starting port is in the difficult to win state, the second starting port notifies the first starting port of a notice of the lottery result of the lottery. A gaming machine characterized in that it is performed with a higher notice probability than a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on winning in the case of being in an easy winning state.

(Appendix 45)
A game area in which a game ball launched in accordance with a player's operation can roll, a first start port provided in the game area, and a predetermined ball for detecting a game ball passing through the predetermined area of the game area The detection sensor and the ball detection sensor are opened based on the detection of the game ball, and take either one of the easy-to-win state that is relatively easy to win and the difficult-to-win state that is relatively difficult to win. In a gaming machine having a second starting port provided in the gaming area,
When a game ball wins at the first start port, random number values are stored in the first random value storage area up to the maximum number of reservations, and when a game ball wins at the second start port, a second random number is stored. A winning storage unit for storing random numbers up to the maximum number of suspensions in a numerical storage area;
When a random number value is stored in the second random value storage area, a lottery of a profit amount to be given to the player is performed based on the random value stored in the second random value storage area, and When a random number value is not stored in the second random value storage area and a random value is stored in the first random value storage area, it is stored in the first random value storage area. Lottery means for performing the lottery based on a random value;
The lottery result is displayed by displaying the symbol variation corresponding to the lottery result after displaying the variation of the symbol over the determined variation time. Lottery result notifying means for informing before being performed;
Based on the random number value stored in the winning storage unit, it is determined whether or not to execute the advance notice for informing the player that the lottery result is advantageous to the player. When it is determined to execute, the lottery means includes a notice information means for performing the notice notice before the lottery performs the lottery,
The length of the variation time is configured not to be determined based on the determination of whether or not to execute the notification by the notification unit,
The advance notice means is
The advance notice determined to be performed based on the random number value stored in the first random number value storage area, the second start port of the winning difficult state and the winning easy state A game stand that is executed only when it is difficult to win a prize.

In addition, in the game stand described here,
The advance notice means is
When the second starting port is in the easy-to-win state, the notice notification determined to be performed based on a random value stored in the second random value storage area is executed. To play.

(Appendix 46)
A game area in which a game ball launched in accordance with a player's operation can roll, a first start port provided in the game area, and a predetermined ball for detecting a game ball passing through the predetermined area of the game area A detection sensor, and a winning difficulty state that is opened based on the detection of a game ball by the ball detection sensor and is relatively difficult to win, and a winning easier state that is easier to open than the difficult winning state In a gaming machine having a second starting port provided in the gaming area, which takes one of the following states:
When a game ball wins at the first starting port, a random number value is stored in the first random number storage area up to the maximum number of reservations, and when a game ball wins at the second starting port, a second random number is stored. A winning storage unit that stores random numbers up to the maximum number of holds in the numerical storage area;
When random number values are stored in both the first random value storage area and the second random value storage area, the time when the random number value is stored in the first random value storage area and the first A lottery of a profit amount to be given to a player based on the random number value stored in the second random value storage area regardless of the time when the random number value is stored in the random number value storage area of 2, If no random value is stored in the first random value storage area and a random value is stored in the second random value storage area, the random number value is stored in the second random value storage area. When the lottery is performed based on the random number value being stored, the random number value is not stored in the second random value storage area, and the random value is stored in the first random value storage area , Based on the random number value stored in the first random value storage area The first random value random numbers than random number value stored in the storage area is stored in the second random number storage area by performing a lottery and drawing means for digesting preferentially,
The lottery result is displayed by displaying the symbol variation corresponding to the lottery result after displaying the variation of the symbol over the determined variation time. Lottery result notifying means for informing before being performed;
Whether or not to execute a notice in advance to inform the player that the lottery result is advantageous to the player during the period in which the symbol variation display is performed is stored in the winning storage unit. If the decision is made separately from the lottery by the lottery means based on the random number value to be executed and the notice notification is executed, the lottery by the lottery means based on the random number value used for the decision is performed. A notice notifying means for executing the notice informing;
Special game state control means for starting a special game when the lottery result is a specific result and ending the special game when a predetermined condition is satisfied,
The winning storage unit continues to store the random number value until the lottery based on the stored random number value is performed,
The second start port starts opening based on the detection of the game ball by the ball detection sensor during opening, after the release when the ball detection sensor detects the game ball and closing. , Transitioning to the easy-to-win state on condition that the special game ends, and transitioning to the difficult-to-win state on condition of starting the next special game,
The advance notice means is
The decision is made based on the random number value stored in the first random number value storage area that is digested by the lottery means in a non-priority manner over the random number value stored in the second random number value storage area. The notice notification is executed only when the second starting port is in the difficult-to-win state, the easy-to-win state, and the difficult-to-win state during the special game. Amusement stand.

(Appendix 47)
A game area in which a game ball launched in accordance with a player's operation can roll, a first start port provided in the game area, and a predetermined ball for detecting a game ball passing through the predetermined area of the game area A detection sensor, and a winning difficulty state that is opened based on the detection of a game ball by the ball detection sensor and is relatively difficult to win, and a winning easier state that is easier to open than the difficult winning state If the random number value coincides with any one of the plurality of success / failure determination values, the success / failure is determined. In the game machine where the determination result is a determination result that is advantageous for the player,
A random number value is stored in the first random value storage area when a game ball is won at the first starting opening, and a second random number storage area is stored when a gaming ball is won at the second starting opening. A winning storage unit for storing random numbers;
If no random value is stored in the first random value storage area and a random value is stored in the second random value storage area, the random number value is stored in the second random value storage area. If the random number value is not stored in the second random value storage area and the random value is stored in the first random value storage area The determination of success / failure is performed based on the random number value stored in the first random value storage area, and the random number value is stored in both the first random value storage area and the second random value storage area. Is stored in the second random number value storage area, the random number value stored in the second random number value storage area is used to determine whether or not the random number value is stored in the first random number value storage area. Means for determining whether or not the random number value stored in the second random value storage area is preferentially digested ,
The determination of the success / failure determination is performed by stopping and displaying the symbol corresponding to the determination result of the appropriateness / inhibition after displaying the variation of the symbol over the determined variation time, and then the determination of success / failure is performed by the determination unit. The determination result notifying means for notifying before,
Whether or not to execute the advance notice to notify the player in advance during the period when the symbol variation display is performed that the determination result is advantageous to the player. Is determined separately from the success / failure determination by the success / failure determination unit based on the determination result based on the random number value stored in the winning storage unit, and based on the determination result determined based on the determination result determined to execute the advance notice A notice means capable of executing the notice in advance;
Special game state control means for starting a special game advantageous to the player when the determination result is a specific result, and ending the special game when a predetermined condition is satisfied,
The winning storage unit continues to store the random number value until the success / failure determination based on the stored random number value is performed,
When the ball detection sensor detects the game ball, the second start port starts opening based on a result of the release determination performed on the condition that the ball detection sensor detects the game ball during the release. When the second start port is open, the opening is completed at least after the opening and closing, and the transition to the easy winning state is made on condition that the special game is ended. When the next special game is started, the shift to the difficult to win state is made.
The notice means is
The advance notice based on the determination result based on the random number value stored in the first random value storage area, the second starting port being in the difficult-to-win state, the easy-to-win state, and the special game Can be executed only when the winning is difficult, and after the execution of the advance notice, a new random number value is stored in the second random value storage area, and the success / failure determining means A game machine characterized in that the notice can be continuously executed even during the period of the variable display of the symbol performed when the random number value is preferentially digested.

  Here, the notice means may determine whether or not to execute the notice based on a command generated based on a determination result based on a random value stored in the prize storage unit. Good.

Further, the command is a command related to the notice,
The notice means is
Command generating means for generating the command based on a random number value stored in the winning storage unit;
Notice execution determination means for determining whether to execute the notice based on the command;
It may have.

(Appendix 48)
A first symbol display means capable of displaying the symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the first starting area, the symbol variation display to stop display after performing the variation display of the symbol;
A second symbol display means capable of displaying a symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the second starting area, the symbol variation display for stopping display after performing symbol variation display;
When a predetermined notice condition is satisfied, a notice means capable of executing a prefetch notice for the result of the success / failure determination;
A game machine equipped with
When the symbol variation display is performed at least when entering the first start area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means,
If the symbol variation display is at least performed when entering the second starting area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means,
When there is the suspension for both of the symbol display means, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is preferentially started over the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. There,
When the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first starting area in the state where there is the suspension, a pre-read notice for the result of the determination of whether or not the entry is made on the condition of the entry, It can be executed as a continuous notice until the symbol variation display on the condition of entering the ball,
If the symbol variation display by the second symbol variation display means on condition that the ball enters the second starting area is interrupted during the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is also displayed during the symbol variation display. Configured to be done,
If the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first starting area without the hold, a pre-read notice for the determination of whether or not the entry is made on the condition of the entry is made. It is also possible to execute only with the symbol variation display on the condition of the sphere,
The second starting area is composed of electric tulips,
The electric tulip is configured to be able to start a short time state in which a game ball is easy to win,
The pre-reading notice can be executed only on the result of the pass / fail determination on the condition that the ball enters the first starting area only in the non-time-short state where it is difficult for the game ball to win the electric tulip than the time-short state A game table characterized by being configured.

Here, first control means including at least first determination means for determining whether or not there is a ball entering the first start area;
Second control means including at least second determination means for determining whether or not to perform the prefetch notice,
The first control means and the second control means are provided on separate substrates,
Based on the command received from the first control means, the second determination means may determine whether or not to perform the prefetch notice.

  In addition, during the continuous notice, the notice according to the same aspect may be continuously performed, or the notice according to the same aspect may be continuously performed.

(Appendix 49)
A first symbol display means capable of executing at least symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied;
A second symbol display means capable of executing at least the symbol variation display when a second symbol variation condition is established;
Control means capable of controlling at least the first symbol display means;
A prefetching notice means capable of executing at least a prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is satisfied;
A game machine equipped with
The control means is capable of at least controlling the second symbol display means,
When the first symbol variation condition is established during execution of the symbol variation display, the control means suspends the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition. At least control that can be executed,
When the second symbol variation condition is established during execution of the symbol variation display, the control means suspends the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition. At least control that can be executed,
When the control means starts the symbol variation display that is being held, the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means when the symbol variation display start is suspended for two symbol display means. The control to preferentially start the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means than can be executed,
At least one of the two symbol display means is the first symbol display means,
At least one of the two symbol display means is the second symbol display means,
The prefetch notice means is capable of executing at least a continuous notice as the prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means, when the second symbol variation condition is established during execution of the continuous notice, and when the symbol variation display is interrupted and executed before the end of the continuous notice, The continuous notice can be continued at least during execution of the variable display,
The control means is capable of at least starting a time-short state in which the second symbol variation condition is easily established,
The pre-reading notice condition is not established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state,
When the pseudo continuous notice condition is established, the pseudo continuous notice means capable of at least executing the pseudo continuous notice is provided,
The pseudo continuous notice means is capable of at least executing the pseudo continuous notice during execution of the symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 50)
The game stand according to appendix 49,
The control means is capable of performing at least a determination of success or failure when starting the symbol variation display,
The symbol variation display includes at least a stop display of a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure,
The symbol display means is capable of notifying at least the result of the success / failure determination by the stop display,
The pre-reading notice unit is capable of at least notifying the result of the appropriateness determination prior to the notification of the determination result of the success / failure by the symbol display means.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 51)
The gaming machine according to appendix 50,
The prefetch notice condition is established when the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result and the first notice execution condition is satisfied,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 52)
The gaming machine according to appendix 51, wherein
The first notice execution condition is established when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is performed and the first notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 53)
The game stand according to appendix 51 or 52,
The prefetch notice condition is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a different determination result from the specific determination result and when the second notice execution condition is satisfied. ,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 54)
A gaming machine according to appendix 53,
The second notice execution condition is established when a second notice lottery that is won with a second probability is performed and the second notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 55)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 50 to 54,
The control means is a first control means including at least a go / no-go judgment means capable of performing the go / no-go judgment,
The first control means can transmit at least a plurality of types of commands to the second control means,
The second control means is capable of at least performing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is composed of a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means includes at least determination means for determining whether or not to perform the prefetch notice.
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 56)
The game stand according to appendix 55,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in a non-time-saving state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 57)
The game stand according to appendix 56,
The first control means includes at least first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. Is configured to send,
When the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition, the first command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 58)
The game stand according to appendix 57,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determination unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines whether to perform the prefetching advance notice. The pre-reading notice condition is satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the time-short state because the determination means determines that the pre-reading notice is not performed. Is not something,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 59)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 56 to 58,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-time-short state. ,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 60)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 55 to 59,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the short time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 61)
The game stand according to appendix 59 or 60,
The first control means includes at least second symbol variation condition determination means for determining whether or not the second symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A second command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the second symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. Is configured to send,
When the pre-reading notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition, the second command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 62)
The game stand according to any one of supplementary notes 55 to 61,
Image display means capable of displaying images,
The second control means is capable of at least controlling the image display means as the prefetch notice means.
The second control means is capable of at least controlling the image display means as the pseudo continuous notice means.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 63)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 55 to 62,
The pseudo continuous notice is not executed when the pseudo continuous notice condition is not satisfied,
The pseudo continuous notice means starts the pseudo continuous notice during execution of the symbol variation display and terminates the pseudo continuous notice during execution of the symbol variation display when the pseudo continuous notice condition is satisfied. To do,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 64)
The gaming machine according to appendix 13,
The second control means includes at least pseudo continuous notice execution judging means for judging whether or not to perform the pseudo continuous notice,
The case where the pseudo continuous notice condition is satisfied is a case where the pseudo continuous notice execution determination unit determines that the pseudo continuous notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 65)
The game stand according to appendix 62,
A first control unit capable of receiving at least the command transmitted from the first control means;
A second control unit capable of at least executing display control of the image display means;
With
The second control means includes at least both the first control unit and the second control unit.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 66)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 49 to 65,
The continuous notice is continuously performed during execution of a plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 67)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 49 to 66,
The first symbol variation condition is established with at least one condition for entering the first starting area,
The second symbol variation condition is established with at least one condition for entering the second starting area.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 68)
The game stand according to appendix 67,
The first symbol variation condition is established when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number,
The second symbol variation condition is established when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than the second upper limit number,
The first hold number is the number of the start of the symbol variation display with respect to the first symbol display means,
The second reserved number is a number for which the start of the symbol variation display is reserved for the second symbol display means.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 69)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 49 to 68,
The control means is capable of at least starting a special gaming state after a specific symbol form is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means.
The control means is capable of executing at least a control for deferring the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the special gaming state when the first symbol variation condition is established. ,
The control means is capable of at least executing a control for deferring the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the special gaming state when the second symbol variation condition is established. ,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 70)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 49 to 69,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition for the first symbol display means to acquire a first right to perform the symbol variation display,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition for the second symbol display means to acquire a second right to perform the symbol variation display,
When at least one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of symbol variation display based on the acquired right may be suspended.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix 71)
The game machine according to appendix 70, wherein
When at least one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of symbol variation display based on the acquired right is not suspended and the symbol variation display is started. There is also,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-1)
A first symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A second symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A prefetch notice means capable of performing a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is started preferentially over the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. Configured,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice at least in a non-time-short state,
In the second symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “interrupt symbol variation display”) that starts by interrupting the period from the start to the end of the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is continued. Has been
The display mode of the continuous notice in the interrupt symbol variation display is the same display mode as the display mode of the continuous notice in the variation display of the symbol one time before the interrupt symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-2)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-1,
Control means capable of controlling the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means (hereinafter collectively referred to as “symbol display means”),
The control means is a means capable of executing the determination of success / failure,
The variation display of the symbol is a display including a stop display of the symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination,
The symbol display means is means capable of notifying the result of the determination of success or failure by the stop display,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of notifying the result of the appropriateness determination prior to the notification of the result of the success / failure determination by the symbol display means when the prefetch notice condition is established.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-3)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-2,
The prefetch notice condition is a condition that is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a specific result of the validity determination and the first notice execution condition is satisfied,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-4)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-3,
The first notice execution condition is a condition that is established when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is performed and the first notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-5)
The game stand according to appendix R3-3 or R3-4,
The prefetch notice condition is a condition that is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a different outcome determination result from the specific success / failure determination result and when the second notice execution condition is satisfied. ,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-6)
A game machine as set forth in Appendix R3-5,
The second notice execution condition is a condition that is established when a second notice lottery that is won with a second probability is performed and the second notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-7)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-2 to R3-6,
The control unit is a first control unit including a determination unit that can execute the determination.
The first control means is means capable of transmitting a plurality of types of commands to the second control means,
The second control means is means capable of executing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is a means constituted by a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means is means including determination means for determining whether to perform the pre-reading notice,
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-8)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-7,
The first symbol display means is a means capable of executing the variation display of the symbol when the first symbol variation condition is established,
The second symbol display means is a means capable of executing a variation display of the symbol when a second symbol variation condition is established.
The control means is means capable of starting a time-short state in which the second symbol variation condition is likely to be satisfied,
The pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-9)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-8,
The first control means is means including first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that is configured to be sendable,
When the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition, the first command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-10)
A game machine as set forth in Appendix R3-9,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determination unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines whether to perform the prefetching advance notice. In other words, the pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the time-saving state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-11)
A game machine as set forth in Appendix R3-9,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determination unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines that the prefetching advance notice is not performed. Then, the pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-12)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-11,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-13)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-12,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-14)
A game machine according to appendix R3-12 or R3-13,
The first control means includes means for determining whether or not the second symbol variation condition is satisfied, and includes second symbol variation condition determination means;
A second command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the second symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that is configured to be sendable,
When the pre-reading notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition, the second command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-15)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-14,
Image display means capable of displaying images,
The second control means is means capable of controlling the image display means as the prefetch notice means.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-16)
A gaming machine according to appendix R3-15,
Command receiving means capable of receiving the command transmitted from the first control means;
Display control means capable of executing display control of the image display means;
With
The second control means is a means configured to include both the command receiving means and the display control means.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-17)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-16,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering the first starting area as one condition,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering the second starting region as one condition.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-18)
A gaming machine described in appendix R3-17,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than the second upper limit number,
The first holding number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the first symbol display means is held,
The second reserved number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the second symbol display means is suspended,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-19)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-18,
The control means is means capable of starting a special game state after a specific symbol form is stopped and displayed on the symbol display means,
When the first symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the control unit is a unit capable of executing control to hold off the start of the variation display of the symbol due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition. ,
When the second symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the control unit is a unit capable of executing a control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition. ,
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-20)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-8 to R3-19,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition for the first symbol display means to obtain a first right to perform the variation display of the symbol,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition for the second symbol display means to acquire a second right to display the symbol variation,
When one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of the variable display of the symbol based on the acquired right may be suspended.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-21)
A gaming machine described in appendix R3-20,
When one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the variable display of the symbol is started without suspending the start of the variable display of the symbol based on the acquired right. Sometimes
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-22)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-1 to R3-21,
The continuous notice is a notice that is continuously performed during the execution of the variable display of multiple times.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-23)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-1 to R3-22,
The continuous notice is a notice that ends during a period in which a variable display of a symbol is performed in which a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination of whether or not to be the target of the prefetch notice is stopped.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-24)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-1 to R3-23,
The continuous notice is a notice in which notice display in the same manner is performed during execution of variable display of a plurality of times.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-25)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-1 to R3-21,
The continuous notice is a notice that a single notice that starts and ends during execution of a single symbol variation display is performed over a plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that.

(Appendix R3-26)
A gaming machine according to any one of appendices R3-1 to R3-25,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of changing the mode of the hold display as the prefetch notice.
A game stand characterized by that.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100 Pachinko machine 102 Game board 110 Ornamental symbol display device 112 Universal figure display device 114 2nd special figure display device 118 2nd special figure reservation lamp 122 General winning opening 124 Universal figure start opening 126 Figure starting port 130 Variable winning port 198 First special figure display device 199 First special figure holding lamp 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM
400 Sub-control unit 404 CPU
406 ROM
408 RAM
650 power management device

Claims (23)

A first symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A second symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display;
A prefetch notice means capable of performing a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter “first symbol variation display”). ”)), And is configured to start over.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing a continuous notice as the prefetch notice.
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the continuous notice at least in a non-time-short state,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the first symbol variation display is performed,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice in a state where the second symbol variation display is performed,
It said prefetch notice means, Ri means der viable prefetching notice associated with another one pending during the look-ahead warning related to a certain hold,
The continuous notice is a notice made in an animation display.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1,
The prefetch notice unit includes a first display unit capable of executing the prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means is means including second display means capable of executing the prefetch notice.
The first display means is means capable of executing a hold display,
The second display means is a means capable of executing a variable display of decorative symbols,
The first display means is a separate means from the second display means.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 2,
Control means capable of controlling the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means (hereinafter collectively referred to as “symbol display means”),
The control means is a means capable of executing the determination of success / failure,
The symbol variation display is a display including a stop display,
The stop display is a display of a pattern aspect corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure,
The symbol display means is means capable of notifying the result of the determination of success or failure by the stop display,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of notifying the result of the appropriateness determination prior to the notification of the result of the success / failure determination by the symbol display means when the prefetch notice condition is established.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 3,
The prefetch notice condition is a condition that is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a specific result of the validity determination and the first notice execution condition is satisfied,
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 4,
The first notice execution condition is a condition that is established when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is performed and the first notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand according to claim 4 or 5,
The prefetch notice condition is a condition that is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a different outcome determination result from the specific success / failure determination result and when the second notice execution condition is satisfied. ,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 6,
The second notice execution condition is a condition that is established when a second notice lottery that is won with a second probability is performed and the second notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 3 to 7,
The control unit is a first control unit including a determination unit that can execute the determination.
The first control means is means capable of transmitting a plurality of types of commands to the second control means,
The second control means is means capable of executing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is a means constituted by a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means is means including determination means for determining whether to perform the pre-reading notice,
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 8,
The first symbol display means is a means capable of executing the variation display of the symbol when the first symbol variation condition is established,
The second symbol display means is a means capable of executing a variation display of the symbol when a second symbol variation condition is established.
The first control means is a means capable of starting a time-short state in which the second symbol variation condition is likely to be satisfied,
The pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 9,
The first control means is means including first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that is configured to be sendable,
When the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition, the first command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 10,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determination unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines whether to perform the prefetching advance notice. In other words, the pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the time-saving state.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 10,
In the non-time saving state, when the first symbol variation condition determination unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the determination unit determines that the prefetching advance notice is not performed. Then, the pre-reading notice condition is a condition that is not established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. A gaming table according to any one of claims 9 to 12,
The prefetching notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 13,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the short-time state.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 13 or 14,
The first control means includes means for determining whether or not the second symbol variation condition is satisfied, and includes second symbol variation condition determination means;
A second command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the second symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that is configured to be sendable,
When the pre-reading notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition, the second command transmitted from the first control means is transmitted to the second control. After the means is received, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 15,
The first control means is means capable of controlling the first display means,
The second control means is means capable of controlling the second display means.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 16,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering the first starting area as one condition,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied by entering the second starting region as one condition.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to claim 17,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than the second upper limit number,
The first holding number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the first symbol display means is held,
The second reserved number is the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol in the second symbol display means is suspended,
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 18,
The first control means is means capable of starting a special gaming state after the symbol display means performs a stop display of a specific symbol aspect,
When the first symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the first control means is capable of executing control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition. Means,
When the second symbol variation condition is established in the special gaming state, the first control means is capable of executing a control to suspend the start of the symbol variation display due to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition. Means,
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 19,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition for the first symbol display means to obtain a first right to perform the variation display of the symbol,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition for the second symbol display means to acquire a second right to display the symbol variation,
When one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the start of the variable display of the symbol based on the acquired right may be suspended,
When one of the first right and the second right is acquired, the variable display of the symbol is started without suspending the start of the variable display of the symbol based on the acquired right. Sometimes
A game stand characterized by that. 21. The gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 20,
The continuous notice is a notice that is continuously given during the execution of the variable display of the symbol multiple times.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 1 to 21,
The continuous notice is a notice that ends during a period in which the display of the symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of whether or not the pre-reading notice is made is displayed in a variable manner.
A game stand characterized by that. 23. A gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 22,
The continuous notice is a notice in which the notice display is continued until the stop display in the variable display of the symbol.
A game stand characterized by that.

Images